CENTRAL NEW MEXICO
COMMUNITY COLLEGE
CNM Information Technology Services (ITS)
Communications Systems Facility and
Cabling Infrastructure Design
Guidelines
Version #4.0 12 December 2007
Provided by:
CNM ITS Department
Central New Mexico Community College
Information Technology Services (ITS)
Communications Systems Facility and
Cabling Infrastructure Design Guidelines
Forward
Central New Mexico Community College (CNM) has developed this document to assist our
valued consultants and designers by establishing a set of “ground rules” when planning and
designing new or renovated spaces and cabling infrastructure within and between our facilities.
This includes how we expect you to design a standard CNM communications room including
provisions for electrical, mechanical and telecommunications systems and architectural finishes.
The cabling infrastructure includes equipment racks, cable tray, conduit, outlets, cabling and
termination panels and they are also included in this document. This document, when used in
conjunction with the CNM Communications Infrastructure Standards Manual (CISM) and the
CNM Standard Drawings, should provide the key and relevant information necessary to properly
design to our new standards.
Richard Mazon
Manager, Infrastructure Support
Information Technology Services
1
Use, duplication and/or distribution of this document and all other associated CNM ITS documents is prohibited without the express written
approval by CNM ITS department or other preauthorized authority of CNM.
Version 4.0 12 Dec 2007
Central New Mexico Community College
Information Technology Services (ITS)
Communications Systems Facility and
Cabling Infrastructure Design Guidelines
1.
COMMUNICATIONS ROOMS
The following are general build-out requirements for Equipment Rooms (ER) and
Telecom Rooms (TR). The ER is considered the primary entrance facility into the
building. This is where the entrance conduits will enter the building. This room may also
serve as a TR.
Purpose: The room shall be dedicated to providing a secure environment to house
communications equipment.
1.1.
Equipment Room: The contractor shall design the rooms using the following
criteria.
1.1.1. Size: The size of the room shall be a minimum of 15 feet by 20 feet
(inside dimension) for an ER, and 15 feet by 16 feet for TR’s. The ceiling
deck height shall be a minimum of nine (9) feet. The shape must be
rectangular with no columns, piping, or other obstacles anywhere in the
open space. The ER should be located such that the TR’s stack on the
floors directly above.
1.1.2. Entrance Conduits: Entrance conduits that enter the building must
extend up from the finished floor a minimum of 6 inches and be spaced no
more than 8 inches apart from center to center. All entrance conduits shall
be Trade Size 4.
1.1.3. Air Conditioning: A cooling system that is independent of the primary
building HVAC system may be required to meet the ER/TR cooling
requirements. Air conditioning is required to provide continuous cooling
(365 days a year, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week), with the thermostat
controls located in the ER/TR. Air conditioning shall maintain the
temperature between 75o and 80o Fahrenheit, with relative humidity
between 40% and 60% on the typical heat load of 20 KBTU/hr per rack
for the equipment in the ER/TR Room. The HVAC system shall be on
both normal and emergency power. Adequate drainage shall be provided
for the water by-product from the A/C unit if a standalone unit is used.
Humidity and reheat control shall be provided as required. Air ventilation
must be provided with filters able to remove airborne particles ten (10)
microns or greater in size from the room. Actual BTU’s to be verified
before final design.
2
Use, duplication and/or distribution of this document and all other associated CNM ITS documents is prohibited without the express written
approval by CNM ITS department or other preauthorized authority of CNM.
Version 4.0 12 Dec 2007
Central New Mexico Community College
Information Technology Services (ITS)
Communications Systems Facility and
Cabling Infrastructure Design Guidelines
1.1.4. Power Requirements: An independent, dedicated sub-panel will be
installed in each ER/TR and will be mounted on the wall opposite the
door. The panel must be surface mounted to allow for additional
conduit/circuits to be added as needed. The panel is dedicated to the
equipment outlets and lighting within the space. No convenience outlets
and any other non-telecom related equipment is to be powered from this
panel.
a) Sub-Panel: Provide one 120/208 VAC, 3-phase, 4-wire, 200 Amp, 30
spaces, surface-mounted electrical sub-panel equipped with breakers
located in the room. The sub-panel must be sized to accommodate the
current capacity plus 50% spare. The panel must be independently
grounded. The breakers shall be rated as follows:
i)
1 ea. - 3 pole, 208 VAC, 3 phase per rack.
ii)
2 ea. - 20 Amp, 1 pole, 120 VAC, single phase circuit per
rack.
b) From the sub-panel, provide two (2) dedicated 20 Amp, single pole, 120
VAC, single phase circuit with 20 Amp breaker for each rack. The circuit
junction box for the circuit shall be installed on the cable tray above the
equipment rack position specified by the CNM ITS. Each circuit shall be
wired with #10 AWG wire to facilitate higher voltage/amperage should
that be necessary in the future. CNM ITS shall provide a floor plan for the
ER/TR indicating footprints for the equipment racks.
c) From the sub-panel, provide one (1) 30 Amp, 208 VAC, 3 phase circuit
with 30 amp breaker for each rack. The circuit junction boxes for all
circuits shall be installed on the cable tray above the equipment racks, two
feet apart. Circuit wires for each 30 Amp, 208 VAC circuit shall be
terminated on a L6 receptacle mounted on an industrial raised cover. The
industrial raised cover receptacle combination shall then be mounted on
the dual gang box provided for each rack position. Each circuit shall be
wired with #10 AWG wire to facilitate higher voltage/amperage should
that be necessary in the future. CNM ITS shall provide a floor plan for the
ER/TR indicating footprints for the equipment racks.
d) Provide a minimum of one 120 VAC, 20 Amp, duplex convenience outlets
evenly spaced every four (4) feet on the walls of the ER. The outlets shall
be located 18" above the finished floor. These convenience outlets and
any other power receptacles for non-telecom use (security panels, AV
3
Use, duplication and/or distribution of this document and all other associated CNM ITS documents is prohibited without the express written
approval by CNM ITS department or other preauthorized authority of CNM.
Version 4.0 12 Dec 2007
Central New Mexico Community College
Information Technology Services (ITS)
Communications Systems Facility and
Cabling Infrastructure Design Guidelines
equipment, etc.) are NOT to be serviced from the sub-panel located in
the communications room.
Detailed power requirements may vary per project but use this guidance for
planning purposes.
1.1.5
Wall Covering: All walls shall be covered with A/C Grade plywood
sheathing, 3/4" thick, 8’0” x 4’0” panels mounted vertically @6” A.F.F.,
painted with fire retardant paint to match wall color. If walls are not
painted, plan on using off-white paint.
1.1.6
Floor Covering: The floor shall be covered with anti-static vinyl tiles.
Five (5) copper grounding tapes shall be distributed evenly beneath the
vinyl flooring.
1.1.7
Earth Ground: The ER shall be equipped with a minimum ground bus of
#2 AWG bare copper wire bonded to the building frame and power
ground, in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC). The
Earth Ground shall be Newton Instrument, Inc.’s Fig. 3056 or equivalent.
The power ground shall meet the Motorola R56 Standard for a Type B
facility. The impedance to ground shall be 5 ohms or less. The grounding
system shall be tied to the grounding loop system (also 5 ohms or less)
provided for the communications tower, if applicable.
1.1.8
Lighting: Overhead fluorescent lighting shall be installed to illuminate a
minimum of 100 foot-candles of light on a surface five (5) feet above the
floor. The lighting fixture shall not be installed directly above the space
reserved for the equipment racks. The light switch shall be located near
the entry door. Emergency lighting will be provided within the space to
facilitate egress.
SPECIAL NOTE:
In meeting the lighting requirements, DO NOT USE THE
ELECTRICAL SUB-PANEL SPECIFIED UNDER THE POWER
REQUIREMENTS. The lighting load shall be served by panels other
than the one located in the ER/TR.
1.1.9
Door: The communications room door shall be sealed for dust proofing.
The door shall swing outward from the communications room. The door
4
Use, duplication and/or distribution of this document and all other associated CNM ITS documents is prohibited without the express written
approval by CNM ITS department or other preauthorized authority of CNM.
Version 4.0 12 Dec 2007
Central New Mexico Community College
Information Technology Services (ITS)
Communications Systems Facility and
Cabling Infrastructure Design Guidelines
lock shall be made for CNM ASSA key #APD and also be accessible
using card swipe access.
1.1.10 Plenum Space: The ER shall be isolated from the plenum space.
1.1.11 Interface with Plenum Space: A number of 4” or 6” sleeves or cable
tray shall be installed, if necessary, to interface the communications room
with the plenum/non-plenum space outside the room.
1.1.12 Communications Room Interconnectivity: The ER, if not stacked
together with TR’s, shall be interconnected with other communications
rooms via cable tray or a number of 4” or 6” conduits. All conduits and
cable trays shall be grounded. Coordinate with CNM ITS before
considering a non-stacked scenario.
1.1.13 Weight Requirements: The ER shall be capable of supporting a floor
load created by the following equipment:
a) Racks: 600 pounds per rack with footprint of 2' 0" by 2' 0".
**CNM ITS is to be notified if the estimated rack weight will exceed this
value.
2.
CABLE TRAY AND CONDUIT
2.1
Horizontal Cable Distribution System: Standard 12, 18 or 24 inch wide(as
appropriate) by 2, 4, or 6 inch deep trough aluminum cable tray shall be installed
as horizontal cable raceway above the ceiling on each floor of the building,
providing cable run down corridors, and interfacing the ladder cable tray inside the
ER and TR. Cable trays shall be bonded to the ground, in accordance with the
National Electrical Code (NEC).
SPECIAL NOTE:
5
Use, duplication and/or distribution of this document and all other associated CNM ITS documents is prohibited without the express written
approval by CNM ITS department or other preauthorized authority of CNM.
Version 4.0 12 Dec 2007
Central New Mexico Community College
Information Technology Services (ITS)
Communications Systems Facility and
Cabling Infrastructure Design Guidelines
Under no circumstances will any other type of cabling be installed within the
cabletray other than telecommunications wiring approved for the use of
voice/data networks unless pre-approved by CNM ITS. Furthermore, no cabling
shall be attached to the cable tray system which includes trapeze hanger system
supporting the tray. Removal costs will not be the responsibility of CNM.
2.2
Conduit For Horizontal Telephone and Data Cabling: A minimum of one inch
(1") diameter EMT conduit shall be provided from the cable tray to EACH office
workstation outlet location and terminated on a dual gang, deep box. If modular
furniture is installed in the offices, provide one (1) 1-1/2” conduit from the cable
tray for every two (2) workstations for telephone and data cabling. The gang box
for each workstation shall be located at 18" above the floor and covered with a
face plate with eight (8) RJ-45 sockets. The use of 1.25” conduit will be used to all
classroom outlets to double gang, deep boxes.
2.3
Entrance Conduits: For new construction plan for a minimum of 4-4” entrance
conduits into each new building dedicated for telecommunications only. Each
renovation project will require an inspection to determine the current, available
entrance conduit capacity. If additional capacity is required, provide four (4) new
4” conduits for telecommunications only. Conduit quantities shown are minimums
unless noted otherwise.
2.4 Conduit for Wall-mount Telephone: Provide one (1) each 1" conduit from the
cable tray to each wall-mount telephone location. The conduit shall be terminated
in a 4-S deep box, located at approximately 48" above the floor (U.N.O).
2.5 Cable Tray Inside ER, Telecom Rooms: Aluminum ladder type cable tray or
ladder rack shall be provided for the ER, Telecom Rooms. The size of the cable
tray or ladder rack shall be 12" wide by 4" deep (U.N.O.). The bottom of the
cable tray shall be located at a height of 7'-6" above the finished floor. Power
cable brackets shall be installed directly on the side of the cable tray evenly spaced
above the rack. Cable trays shall be bonded to the ground, in accordance with the
National Electrical Code (NEC).
2.6 Vertical Risers: A minimum of one (1) 4” x 16” slot will be used for the vertical
riser. For existing facilities, sleeves may be used upon approval by CNM ITS.
NOTES:
6
Use, duplication and/or distribution of this document and all other associated CNM ITS documents is prohibited without the express written
approval by CNM ITS department or other preauthorized authority of CNM.
Version 4.0 12 Dec 2007
Central New Mexico Community College
Information Technology Services (ITS)
Communications Systems Facility and
Cabling Infrastructure Design Guidelines
a. Conduit runs shall be no more than 150' without terminating point
and the number of 90o bends on the conduit run shall be no more than
two.
b. If more bends are necessary, a pull-box shall be provided at
designated locations selected by CNM ITS personnel. Conduits shall
be provided with pull-wires and tagged as to the far-end location.
3.
CABLE AND CABLE TERMINATION HARDWARE
This section discusses the general requirements for the backbone and horizontal
distribution systems. It is the desire of CNM ITS to use a single manufacturer capable of
providing all cable and cable termination hardware and to ensure the complete, installed
system is covered under a comprehensive 25 year system warranty on all future projects.
The warranty is to be formally issued by the manufacturer at the completion of the
project. The installation contractor must be a manufacturer certified installation firm and
must provide a minimum of a 2 year warranty covering workmanship performed at CNM
facilities.
3.1
Backbone System: The backbone consists of the inter- and intrabuilding cabling
for voice and data systems including fiber optic and high-pair copper cables.
These systems are terminated on designated hardware in the ER/TR.
3.1.1. Backbone Fiber: Interbuilding (ER to ER) backbone fiber will consist of
48 strands laser optimized singlemode fiber. Intrabuilding (ER to TR, TR
to TR)) backbone fiber will consist of a hybrid style bundle including 12
strands of laser optimized 50 micron multimode fiber and 6 strands of
singlemode fiber.
3.1.2. Fiber Termination: Fiber will terminate using SC style connectors on 6
port adapter plates in fiber housings in communications racks. SC style
ports will be used on the adapter plates (U.N.O). Fiber jumpers will vary
from ST, SC and LC and will usually be procured and installed by CNM
ITS. Fiber housings will be mounted at the top of the rack in all
installations.
3.1.3. Backbone Copper: The interbuilding backbone copper will be sized
based on the size of the building being served. CNM ITS will provide the
specific pair count required for the interbuilding connectivity. However,
the intrabuilding copper riser will be sized to: Need + 100 pairs. Need is
based on the actual count estimated for that floor plus an additional 100
7
Use, duplication and/or distribution of this document and all other associated CNM ITS documents is prohibited without the express written
approval by CNM ITS department or other preauthorized authority of CNM.
Version 4.0 12 Dec 2007
Central New Mexico Community College
Information Technology Services (ITS)
Communications Systems Facility and
Cabling Infrastructure Design Guidelines
pairs for buffer.
3.1.4. Backbone Copper Termination: All interbuilding copper cable will
terminate on multiple 100 pair protection blocks within the ER. From the
protection blocks, a minimum of 100 pairs will be routed to a 48 port
Telco patch panel using amphenol connectivity. The riser cables will be
routed up to the TR(s) and will terminate on 110 style termination blocks
on the wall. A minimum of 100 pairs will be routed to a 48 port Telco
patch panel using amphenol connectivity. If additional pairs are required,
additional patch panels may be added.
3.2
Horizontal System
The horizontal system is composed of the ER/TR equipment rack or cabinet used
to house the termination panels and wire management, the workstation outlet
hardware including the faceplate and modular jacks, and the cable itself.
3.2.1
Equipment Rack: All racks will be full height, black equipment racks
with predrilled EIA/TIA hole spacing. The rack must be modular to
expand from a two post to a four post configuration. The rack must have
an integral 6” channel as part of the frame.
3.2.2 Wire Management: All racks will be equipped with 4” x 6” vertical wire
management installed back to back with solid covers to be installed on
both sides of the rack. If multiple racks are ganged together, butt the frame
of one rack up against the wire management of the adjoining rack.
Horizontal wire management will consist of 2 rack unit models with
fingers and covers on the front and a mounting bar on the rear. Wire
management on the plywood covered walls will use D-Ring style
management with all rings mounted in straight lines.
3.2.3
Patch Panels: All horizontal cabling will terminate on patch panels in
racks within the ER/TR. The patch panels will consist of 48 port, Category
6 rated panels with 110 style termination on the rear. The panels will
alternate with the wire management in the rack.
3.2.4 Telco (Voice) Patch Panels: Dedicated patch panels for voice connectivity
will consist of 48 port, Category 3 rated panels with RJ-45 ports on the
front and amphenol connectors on the rear. Verify with CNM ITS to
determine quantity of pairs to be terminated (1 or 2 pairs per port).
3.2.5 Horizontal Cabling: All cabling will be Blue, Category 6, Plenum-rated,
4-pair UTP cable regardless of Plenum environment. The quantity of
8
Use, duplication and/or distribution of this document and all other associated CNM ITS documents is prohibited without the express written
approval by CNM ITS department or other preauthorized authority of CNM.
Version 4.0 12 Dec 2007
Central New Mexico Community College
Information Technology Services (ITS)
Communications Systems Facility and
Cabling Infrastructure Design Guidelines
cables routed to each outlet is dependent on the type of outlet being
served:
Office Outlet:
Classroom Outlet:
Wireless Outlet:
Wall Phone Outlet:
3 cables
4 cables
2 Cables
2 Cables (One left coiled in ceiling above)
3.2.6 Outlets: Each outlet will be equipped with the specified faceplate, inserts
and color as shown in the table below
Office Outlet:
Classroom Outlet:
Wireless Outlet:
Wall Phone Outlet:
4.
4-pos. Faceplate, three (3) Blue RJ-45 Inserts/One Blank
4-pos. Faceplate with three (4) Blue RJ-45 Inserts
2-pos. Faceplate with two (2) Blue RJ-45 Inserts
1-pos. Faceplate with One (1) Blue RJ-45 Insert
OUTSIDE PLANT REQUIREMENTS
The following are general requirements for outside plant construction to be implemented
on any new or renovation projects. No direct bury cabling is acceptable. As a general
rule: All OSP cabling will be installed underground in conduit unless strictly
unavoidable.
1.1. Underground Conduit: Conduit systems shall adhere to TIA/EIA 569B
standards, TIA/EIA 758 standards and shall accommodate the cabling
requirements of TIA/EIA 568-B1, 568-B2 and 568 B-3 standards. Unless
otherwise specified, all underground communications conduit shall be minimum 4
inch, schedule 40 PVC, buried a minimum of 24 inches, measured from the top of
the conduit below finished grade. Warning tape is to be installed between 12”18” below the finished surface. All bends 45 degrees and larger shall be Rigid
Galvanized Steel (RGS) sweeps, 12 times the conduit diameter, or 48 inch radius,
double wrapped with 10 mil PVC tape. Conduit ends shall be capped when work
is in progress. RGS sweeps terminating in pull boxes shall be plugged. Mandrel
testing of newly installed conduit systems is mandatory and to be witnessed by a
member of CNM ITS staff. If the mandrel test fails, the Contractor shall repair or
replace the affected conduit and re-test at no cost to CNM. All conduits not
occupied by innerduct and tracer wire shall have an un-spliced, unknotted 2500
pound test (22 AWG) detectable mule tape installed and secured with 4 feet of
slack at each pull box or termination point. Conduit must be installed in 20’
sections with no bends within 20’ of a manhole or handhole. Maximum linear
9
Use, duplication and/or distribution of this document and all other associated CNM ITS documents is prohibited without the express written
approval by CNM ITS department or other preauthorized authority of CNM.
Version 4.0 12 Dec 2007
Central New Mexico Community College
Information Technology Services (ITS)
Communications Systems Facility and
Cabling Infrastructure Design Guidelines
conduit run is limited to 600 feet between manholes and 300 feet for handholes.
Discount maximum length with 100’ deduction per 90 degree bend and no more
than 180 degrees of accumulated bends in run.
1.2. Tracer Wire: Tracer wire (also known as locating wire) is being used more
frequently by utility companies. Tracer wire is buried alongside when PVC
conduit and fiber optic lines are installed underground, to assist in locating them
for service and repairs. Tracer wire is to be installed in every new conduit run and
will terminate within each manhole/handhole. The tracer wire shall be 12 AWG
with HDPE sheath. Recommend Copperhead Reinforced Tracer Wire or
equivalent.
1.3. Manholes/Handholes: Manholes must be sized to accommodate a minimum of 8
conduits per side with traffic rated cover. Handholes are limited to maximum
number of 6 conduits per side with traffic rated cover. All cabling passing through
manhole/handhole must be linear in/out of box (Type A) with no 90 degree turns
executed in the box. All direction changes must occur in conduit outside the box.
All penetrations into the box must be properly sealed after pull rope is installed.
A drain shall be provided in the bottom of each manhole and this drain should be
connected to the storm drainage system if possible. Otherwise, provisions shall be
made to install the manhole on a base of 6" of crushed stone or gravel to facilitate
the drainage if no connection to the storm system is available.
A 3/4" hole shall be drilled thru the floor, 4" from the wall and a 5/8" X 8' ground
rod shall be driven thru the hole until a minimum of 4"/maximum of 6" of the rod
is protruding into the manhole. The ground rod shall be driven in the ground
before the top section of the manhole is installed. The ground rod shall then be
attached to the copper bonding ribbon by way of a #6 solid copper ground wire.
1.4. Aerial Installations – Pole to Pole, Pole to Building, Building to Building:
Cabling to be installed from pole to pole and pole to building will follow industry
standard methods and techniques in regards to attachment and location on pole
(standard hierarchy from top to bottom is power (Primary), power (Secondary),
telephone, CATV and special applications such as this). Minimum make-ready
(span droop) distances must be maintained to ensure vehicle/rail clearance is
maintained. Pole access must first be approved by pole owner prior to any
attachment being made. Proof of approval for each pole must be provided to
CNM ITS for review. Maximum distance between poles is 300 feet. Use of steel
strand for attaching high-pair copper cable is required. Use of messenger style
cable with integral steel strand in/on jacket is acceptable for fiber optic, coax or
10
Use, duplication and/or distribution of this document and all other associated CNM ITS documents is prohibited without the express written
approval by CNM ITS department or other preauthorized authority of CNM.
Version 4.0 12 Dec 2007
Central New Mexico Community College
Information Technology Services (ITS)
Communications Systems Facility and
Cabling Infrastructure Design Guidelines
twisted pair cables. Under no circumstances should any cable be installed without
strain relief via messenger or steel strand.
Attachment to poles must use strain relief loop in cable to allow for
expansion/contraction. Attachment to buildings may be roof mount or side
mounted. For roof mounted applications use minimum 2-inch weatherhead and
sleeve. Verify with CNM ITS the location of the penetration and then coordinate
with CNM Facilities any roof warranty issues that may require the penetration to
be performed by others. Under no circumstances will any penetrations to any
building be performed without proper CNM ITS approval first. Attachment to the
sides of buildings must use proper attachment technique. Penetration sleeve must
be a minimum 2 inch sleeve angled downward from inside to outside to prevent
rain/snow penetration. Cable must loop below lowest point of exterior sleeve
before entering the sleeve. Sleeve must enter J-box w/cover on the interior before
continuing into the ceiling/room space. Cable must transition from outside plant
constructed cable to inside plant cable within 50 feet of penetration unless
installed in conduit.
1.5. Aerial Installations – Pole to Ground: Cabling that must transition from aerial
to underground must have a service loop at the pole dead-end prior running down
the pole. The cable should run down the pole on the opposite side of oncoming
traffic when possible. The cabling must attach to the pole a minimum of every 24
inches using galvanized two hole straps and be run in a straight line down to the
conduit stub up on the pole. The conduit must stub 12 inches above finished
ground level. It is recommended to install a riser guard from the ground level to
~6 feet up the pole to prevent tampering. The guard should cover the conduit stub.
11
Use, duplication and/or distribution of this document and all other associated CNM ITS documents is prohibited without the express written
approval by CNM ITS department or other preauthorized authority of CNM.
Version 4.0 12 Dec 2007
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 270500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A.
1.2
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
1.3
A.
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies,
materials, and testing unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations
recognized as necessary for the installation, termination, and labeling of conduit sleeves as
described on the Drawings and/or required by these specifications.
RELATED SECTIONS
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271513 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
SUMMARY
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.4
Communications equipment coordination and installation.
Sleeves for pathways and cables.
Sleeve seals.
Grout.
Common communications installation requirements.
GLOSSARY
A.
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
B.
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS
Version 12DEC2007
270500 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
C.
ASTM American Society for Testing Materials
D.
BFU
Board of Fire Underwriters
E.
BICSI
Building Industry Consulting Services International
F.
CSA
Canadian Standards Association
G.
DEC
Department of Environmental Conservation
H.
EIA
Electronics Industry Association
I.
EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
J.
ER
Equipment Room
K.
FCC
Federal Communications Commission
L.
FM
Factory Mutual
M.
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
N.
ISD
Information Systems Division
O.
ISO
International Standards Organization
P.
LB
Electrical Elbow with accessible coverplate
Q.
NBR:
acryloNitrile-Butadiene Rubber.
R.
NEC
National Electrical Code
S.
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers’ Association
T.
NESC
National Electrical Safety Code
U.
NFPA
National Fire Protection Association
V.
OSHA
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
W.
RUS
Rural Utility Service (formerly REA)
X.
TIA
Telecommunications Industry Association
Y.
UFBC
Uniform Fire Prevention and Building Code
Z.
UL
Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc.
1.2
A.
DEFINITIONS
Throughout the specifications, abbreviations may be used. The following are brief definitions of many of those abbreviations.
1. Approved / Approval
Written permission to use a material or system.
2. As Called for
Materials, equipment including the execution
specified/shown in the Specifications.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS
Version 12DEC2007
270500 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
3. Code Requirements
Minimum requirements.
4. Concealed
Work installed in pipe and duct shafts, chases or
recesses, inside walls, above ceilings, in slabs or
below grade.
5. Exposed
Work not identified as concealed.
6. Final Acceptance
Owner acceptance of the project from Contractor
upon certified by Owner’s Representative.
7. Furnish
Supply and deliver to installation location.
8. Furnished by Others
Receive delivery at job site or where called for
and install.
9. Inspection
Visual observations by Owner or Owner’s Representative.
10. Install
Mount and connect equipment and associated
materials ready for use.
11. Listed
Refers to classification by a standards agency.
12. Or Approved Equal
Approved equal or equivalent as determined by
Owner or Owner’s Representative.
13. Owner's Representative
Design professional or Consultant representing
the Owner.
14. Provide
Furnish, install and connect ready for use.
15. Relocate
Disassemble, disconnect and transport equipment to new locations; then clean, test and install
ready for use.
16. Replace
Remove and provide new item.
17. Review
A general contractual conformance check of specified products.
18. Satisfactory
1.5
A.
1.6
A.
As specified in Specifications.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For sleeve seals.
COORDINATION
Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of communications equipment:
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS
Version 12DEC2007
270500 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1.
2.
3.
4.
To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce
headroom are indicated.
To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to
other installations.
To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope.
So connecting pathways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of
obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment.
B.
Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in-place
concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed.
C.
Coordinate location of access panels and doors for communications items that are behind
finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. Access doors and panels are specified in
Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames."
D.
Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping
specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SLEEVES FOR PATHWAYS AND CABLES
A.
Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel,
plain ends.
B.
Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel.
1.
Minimum Metal Thickness:
a.
b.
2.2
A.
2.3
For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches (1270 mm) and
no side more than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm).
For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches
(1270 mm) and 1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches (400 mm),
thickness shall be 0.138 inch (3.5 mm).
SLEEVE SEALS
Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space
between sleeve and pathway or cable.
MANUFACTURERS
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS
Version 12DEC2007
270500 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A.
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
2.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, manufacturers specified.
3.
Sealing Elements: interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include
type and number required for material and size of pathway or cable.
Pressure Plates: Include two for each sealing element.
Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing
elements. Include one for each sealing element.
4.
5.
2.4
A.
2.4
GROUT
Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic
aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for
application and a 30-minute working time.
FIRE STOPPING
A.
Fire stopping for openings through fire-rated and smoke-rated walls and floor assemblies
shall be listed or classified by an approved independent testing laboratory for "ThroughPenetration Fire Stop Systems." The system shall meet the requirements of "Fire Tests of
Through-Penetration Fire Stops" designated ASTM E814.
B.
Inside of all conduits, the fire stop system shall consist of dielectric, water resistant, nonhardening, permanently pliable/re-enterable putty along with the appropriate damming or
backer materials (where required). The sealant must be capable of being removed and reinstalled and must adhere to all penetrants and common construction materials and shall be capable of allowing normal wire/cable movement without being displaced.
C.
All conduit and sleeve openings used by the Contractor shall be waterproofed or fireproofed
in compliance with State and Local Building and Fire Codes. Strict adherence to National,
State, and Local Fire Codes, particularly fire stopping will be required.
D.
The Contractor shall patch all openings remaining around and inside all conduit, sleeves and
cable penetrations to maintain the integrity of any fire rated wall, ceiling, floor, etc. The fire
stop system shall consist of a dielectric, water resistant, non-hardening, permanently pliable/re-enterable putty along with the appropriate damming materials (where required). The
sealant must be capable of being removed and reinstalled and must adhere to all penetrants
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS
Version 12DEC2007
270500 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
and common construction materials and shall be capable of allowing normal wire/cable
movement without being displaced.
E.
All building conduits and sleeves installed and/or used under this Specification shall be fire
stopped, or re-fire stopped, upon cable placement through such passageways.
F.
Manufacturer's recommended installation standards must be closely followed (i.e. minimum
depth of material, use of ceramic fiber and installation procedures).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with NECA 1.
B.
Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of
unit for wall-mounting items.
C.
Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated,
arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom
consistent with these requirements.
D.
Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of
components of both communications equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in
such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items
in the vicinity.
E.
Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope.
3.2
SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS PENETRATIONS
A.
Communications penetrations occur when pathways, cables, wireways, or cable trays
penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies.
B.
Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or
formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls.
C.
Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.
D.
Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall
assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during
construction of floor or wall.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS
Version 12DEC2007
270500 - 6
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
E.
Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls.
F.
Extend sleeves installed in floors 4 inches (100 mm) above finished floor level.
G.
Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and
pathway or cable, unless indicated otherwise.
H.
Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry
1.
Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool
exposed surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing.
I.
Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between
sleeve and pathway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of
joint. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants".
J.
Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions,
ceilings, and floors at pathway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal pathway and
cable penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 07
Section "Penetration Firestopping."
K.
Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual pathways and cables with flexible
boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. Prior to installation,
verify existing warranty of roof with CNM ITS and Plant Facility personnel.
L.
Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space
between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. Ensure installed sleeve is
sloped towards outside to prevent rain/snow water seepage through pipe.
M.
Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to
allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pathway or cable and sleeve for
installing mechanical sleeve seals.
3.3
SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION
A.
Install to seal exterior wall penetrations.
B.
Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for pathway or
cable material and size. Position pathway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble
mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pathway or cable and sleeve.
Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make
watertight seal.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS
Version 12DEC2007
270500 - 7
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
3.4
FIRESTOPPING
A.
Fire stopping for Openings through Fire and Smoke Rated Wall and Floor Assemblies:
1.
Provide materials and products listed. The system shall meet the requirements
of "Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops" designated ASTM E814. To
be used inside all conduits and sleeves. Caulk on exterior of conduit penetration.
2.
Provide fire stop system seals at all locations where conduit, fiber, cable trays,
cables/wires and similar utilities pass through or penetrate fire rated wall or
floor assembly. Provide fire stop seal between sleeve and wall for drywall construction.
3.
The minimum required fire resistance ratings of the wall or floor assembly
shall be maintained by the fire stop system. The installation shall provide an air
and watertight seal.
4.
The methods used shall incorporate qualities that permit the easy removal or
addition of conduits or cables without drilling or use of special tools. The
product shall adhere to itself to allow repairs to be made with the same material and permit the vibration, expansion and/or contraction of any items passing
through the penetration without cracking, crumbling and resulting reduction in
fire rating. Typical rating:
5.
a)
floors - 3 hours
b)
corridor walls - 2 hours
c)
offices - ¾ hour
d)
smoke partitions - ¾ - 1 hour
Provide fire stop pillows for existing cable tray penetrations through firewalls.
END OF SECTION 270500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS
Version 12DEC2007
270500 - 8
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 270526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATION
SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies,
materials, and testing unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following
operations recognized as necessary for the installation, termination, and labeling of
grounding and bonding infrastructure as described on the Drawings and/or required by
these specifications.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271513 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For features, ratings, and performance of each component specified.
B.
Shop Drawings:
1.
Component List: List manufacturer, part number, and quantity of each component.
1.4 GLOSSARY
A. TBC (Telecommunications Bonding Conductor) - The bonding conductor installed from
the building’s grounding electrode system to the TMGB. This bonding conductor shall be
sized the same as the TBB.
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270526 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B. BC (Bonding Conductor) – Typical bonding conductor installed from any
telecommunications grounding bus bar (TMGB or TGB) to telecommunications
equipment and/or raceway.
C. TBB (Telecommunications Bonding Backbone) – Continuous bonding conductor installed
from the TMGB to the furthest telecommunications room. All TGBs shall attach to the
TBB.
D. TMGB (Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar) – The main telecommunications
grounding bar located where the Outside Plant cables enter the telecommunications room.
E. TGB (Telecommunications Grounding Busbar) – The telecommunications grounding bar
located in every telecommunications room that does not contain the TMGB.
1.5
A.
DEFINITIONS
Throughout the specifications, abbreviations may be used. The following are brief
definitions of many of those abbreviations.
1.
Approved / Approval
Written permission to use a material or system.
2.
As Called for
Materials, equipment including the execution
specified/shown in the Specifications.
3.
Code Requirements
Minimum requirements.
4.
Concealed
Work installed in pipe and duct shafts, chases or
recesses, inside walls, above ceilings, in slabs or
below grade.
5.
Exposed
Work not identified as concealed.
6.
Final Acceptance
Owner acceptance of the project from Contractor
upon certified by Owner’s Representative.
7.
Furnish
Supply and deliver to installation location.
8.
Furnished by Others
Receive delivery at job site or where called for
and install.
9.
Inspection
Visual observations by Owner or Owner’s
Representative.
10.
Install
Mount and connect equipment and associated
materials ready for use.
11.
Listed
Refers to classification by a standards agency.
12.
Or Approved Equal
Approved equal or equivalent as determined by
Owner or Owner’s Representative.
13.
Owner's Representative
Design professional or Consultant representing
the Owner.
14.
Provide
Furnish, install and connect ready for use.
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270526 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
15.
Relocate
Disassemble, disconnect and transport
equipment to new locations; then clean, test and
install ready for use.
16.
Replace
Remove and provide new item.
17.
Review
18.
Satisfactory
A general contractual conformance check of
specified products.
As specified in Specifications.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.1 GROUNDING BUSBARS
All references to manufacturer should be considered as minimum performance criteria or other
approved equal per submittal requirements in SOW may be submitted for CNM ITS approval.
A. Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB)
1. Panduit #GB4B0612TPI-1 ground busbar with busbar insulators.
B. Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB)
1. Panduit #GB2B0312TPI-1 ground busbar with busbar insulators.
2.2 GROUNDING CONNECTIONS
A. Grounding conductor terminations (lugs) shall be listed compression type, two hole, long
barrel with window lug with a minimum of (2) crimps. Panduit #LCC6-14AW-L or
equal. Crimp according to manufacturer’s recommendation.
B. Grounding conductor terminations (HTAP) shall be listed compression type with a
minimum of (2) crimps. Panduit HTAP kit #HTWC6-6-1 or equal. Crimp according to
manufacturer’s recommendation.
2.3 BONDING CONDUCTORS
A. Cable Tray Bonding Conductor
1. Stranded green #6 AWG insulated bonding jumper (12” max) with appropriate
lugs, or manufactured braided copper grounding jumper equal to B-Line #CAMGJ, T&B #BD12, OZ/Gedney type “FB” or Mono-Systems.
B. Equipment Frame Grounding Strip
1. Panduit #RGS134-1 Telecommunications Rack Grounding Strip.
C. Telecommunications Bonding Conductor (TBC)
1. Green insulated copper bonding conductor, size as required by NEC.
2. The TBC shall be, as a minimum, the same size as the TBB.
D. Telecommunications Bonding Backbone (TBB)
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270526 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1. Green insulated copper conductor, minimum size of No. 6 AWG. The TBB shall
be sized at 2 kcmil per linear foot of conductor length up to a maximum size of
3/0 AWG. Insulation shall meet fire ratings of its pathway.
Table 1
Sizing of the TBB
TBB length (ft) TBB AWG Size
Less than 13
6
14-20
4
21-26
3
27-33
2
34-41
1
42-52
1/0
53-66
2/0
Greater than 66
3/0
PART 3: EXECUTION TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
Prior to performing any work on the building grounding system, CNM ITS requires that the building
electrode system be verified to be properly grounded per NEC guidelines. Failure to verify the
building grounding system may cause injury or death.
A. Installation of the TMGB
1. Install the TMGB at the bottom of plywood backboard near the outside plant
entrance conduits in the “BDF”.
2. TMGB shall be installed so that the TBC for telecommunications is as short as
possible and maintains a horizontal or downward path to the building’s grounding
electrode system, where possible.
B. Installation of the TBC for Telecommunications
1. TBC shall be installed in continuous 3/4” PVC conduit. Install in EMT conduit
only if the path passes through a plenum area. EMT conduit must be bonded to the
TBC at both ends of the conduit.
2. TBC shall maintain a horizontal or downward path from the TMGB to the
building’s grounding electrode system. No bend shall form an included angle of
more than 90 degrees or have a radius of less than 6”.
C. Installation of the TGB
1. Install the TGB at the bottom of plywood backboard near the TBB.
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270526 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2. TGB shall be installed so that the bonding conductor connecting the TGB to the
TBB is as short as possible and maintains a horizontal or downward path to the
TBB.
3. Install a stranded bonding conductor (same size as the TBB) from the TGB to
the TBB. This wire shall be terminated on the TGB end with the Panduit twoholed compression type lug and terminated on the TBB end with the Panduit
HTAP kit.
D. Installation of the TBB
1. Install Green insulated copper grounding conductor (refer to 2.3.D for conductor
size) from the TMGB to the furthest telecommunications room.
2. Conductors shall be installed in continuous 3/4” PVC conduit until it enters a
telecommunications room. Where the TBB pathway passes through a plenum area,
the installation of EMT conduit is required and must be bonded on each end to the
TBB.
3. Each TBB shall be continuous to the furthest IDF.
4. The end of the TBB shall be terminated on the TGB of the furthest
telecommunications room.
5. TBB shall maintain a horizontal or downward path to the TMGB. No bend shall
form an included angle of more than 90 degrees or have a radius of less than 6”.
E. Grounding of Cable Tray
1. Install Green #6 AWG bonding jumper (12” max) with Panduit #LCC6-14JAW-L
two-hole lugs at each cable tray joint or install manufactured braided copper
grounding jumper equal to B-Line #CAM-GJ, T&B #BD12, OZ/Gedney type
“FB” or Mono-Systems.
2. Install Green #6 AWG grounding conductor with Panduit #LCC6-14JAW-L twohole lugs from side of cable tray down to TMGB or TGB. Maintain a horizontal or
downward path from the cable tray to the TMGB or TGB. Drill and tap side of
cable tray (for appropriate size bolt, ¼” x 20 min.), making sure that bolt does not
extend into wire management part of tray.
F. Grounding of Equipment Frame
1. Install Panduit #RGS134-1 Equipment Frame Grounding Strip on back side of
all equipment frames. Maintain a horizontal or downward path of the bonding
conductor from the Equipment Frame Grounding Strip to the TMGB or TGB.
No bend shall form an included angle of more than 90 degrees or have a radius
of less than 6”.
a. Where only one equipment frame is located within a room, install a #6
AWG bonding conductor from the equipment frame grounding strip to
the TMGB or TGB terminated with Panduit #LCC6-14JAW-L two-hole
lugs.
b. Where multiple equipment frames are located within a room, install a
bonding conductor (same size as the TBB) from the TMGB or TGB to
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270526 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
the cable tray above the equipment frames. Route the bonding conductor
horizontally on the “L” brackets of the cable tray. Install (1) #6 AWG
green bonding conductor from each equipment frame grounding strip to
the bonding conductor above the equipment frames. Attach the #6 AWG
cable to the equipment frame grounding strip using Panduit #LCC614JAW-L two-hole lugs. Attach opposite end of #6 AWG to the bonding
conductor above the equipment frames using Panduit HTAP kit
#HTWC6-6-1 or equal.
2. Install Chatsworth #11268-001 “L” brackets on cable tray for routing of the
bonding conductors for equipment frame grounding. Install “L” bracket every 12”.
Fasten bonding conductor on each “L” bracket using wire ties.
G. Installation of Bonding Conductors
1. Shall be routed so to minimize bends and length.
2. Shall be a minimum of #6 AWG.
3. Bonding Conductors shall maintain a horizontal or downward path to the TMGB
or TGB. No bend shall form an included angle of more than 90 degrees or have a
radius of less than 6”.
4. Use Panduit HTAP kit to bond the TBB to the TMGB or TGB.
END OF SECTION 270526
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270526 - 6
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 270528 - PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work required under this section consists of providing conduits, boxes, raceways, etc., for
telecommunications wiring included in this project. Telecommunications wiring includes
cables for Data, Voice, Video, Audio, Security and future signal requirements.
B. The location at which all new telecommunications wiring will terminate is called a Telecom
Outlet (TO). There are several styles of outlets: 1) New construction, 2) Existing construction
typical, 3) Existing construction variations, 4) Telephone (Voice) only and 5) Data only.
C. Furnish and install split channel raceway and outlet boxes as specified in the Drawings and as
specified herein.
D. Furnish and install conduit stubs in walls and floors for cable routes.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271513 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For features, ratings, and performance of each component specified.
B.
Submit manufacturer’s instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation,
operation, and installation of products. Include application conditions or limitations of use stipulated
by any product testing agency. Submit for the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Wall Boxes
Raceway
Conduit
Conduit Bushings
PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270528 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
C.
Shop Drawings:
1.
2.
Component List: List manufacturer, part number, and quantity of each component.
Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of equipment rooms, labeling each individual
component. Show raceway assemblies, method of field assembly, workspace requirements,
and access for cable connections.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TELECOM OUTLETS (TO)
A. New construction TO consists of one (1) 4-11/16" square by 2-1/8" deep flush mounted box.
Each outlet box shall have a EMT conduit stubbed above the drop ceiling or extended into the
hallway cabletray. Conduits size is as follows:
Œ
Œ
Œ
For Outlets with 3 or less cables, use a 1” EMT conduit
For Outlets with 3-6 cables, use a 1.25” EMT conduit
For all other sizes, calculate fill ratio at 40% for proper sized conduit
B. Existing surface-mounted construction TO typically consists of surface-mounted Wiremold
raceway including base, cover, end fitting, entrance end fitting, and (2) 1" EMT conduits
stubbed out top of entrance end fitting to above ceiling or out to nearest hallway distribution
system. Size of the raceway is site dependent based on number of conductors to be installed.
C. The intent of the installation of the TOs which consist of the Wiremold raceway is as follows:
1. Where ceilings are accessible, the raceway and entrance end fitting shall extend above
the ceiling and the conduits installed above the ceiling in the room to the nearest
hallway distribution system.
2. Where ceilings are partially accessible, or if the Drawings and/or Specifications
indicate installation of access panels, the raceway shall extend above the ceiling and
the conduits installed above the ceiling in the room to the nearest hallway distribution
system.
3. Where ceilings are inaccessible or no ceilings exist, the raceway shall extend up as
close to the ceiling as practical to allow installation of conduits as high as possible to
the nearest hallway distribution system.
2.2 HORIZONTAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
A. Conduit System (Renovations only, where conduit exists)
1. Provide conduits secured to wall above corridor ceilings as shown on the Drawings or
as specified herein for installation of telecommunications cables. Any exposed conduit
PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270528 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
shall be painted except conduit above suspended ceilings or in mechanical, electrical
or telecommunication rooms. Color to match that of surface installed upon or as
directed by CNM ITS. Coordinate with CNM ITS prior to painting.
Corridor conduits shall be 4" EMT, furnished in 10 foot lengths wherever possible,
with no sharp edges, reamed as necessary, evenly supported at two locations per 10
foot section spacing. Conduits shall be sized and quantified to account for handling
cables in all TO conduits at 40% fill back to the TR and/or ER rooms. Verify size with
CNM ITS prior to installation. Bushings and/or connectors on ends of EMT are
required.
All conduits shall be installed stacked and attached to walls unless conditions exist
which prohibit this type of installation. When this condition exists, mount conduits
side-by-side supported with 3/8” rod attached to building structure utilizing unistrut
channel to form a trapeze. Double nut the top and bottom at the unistrut. Utilize
conduit clamp to secure conduits to unistrut.
Provide measured pull line in each conduit rated at 1200 lbs. minimum. Increments
must be in 12” steps.
Grounding of conduits is not required per NEC #250-33, Exception No. 2.
Provide restorable fire stops inside and around conduits as recommended by UL1479
or ASTM E814 for all conduits penetrating fire-rated construction. Fire rated
construction to be verified with CNM ITS. See Section 270500 for more firestopping
information.
B. Corridor Cable Tray System
1. Complete wall mounted or suspended aluminum cable tray system and necessary
accessories shall be provided as shown on plans. Install entire cable tray system in
accordance with manufacturer’s minimum installation practices and all local
governing codes.
2. Coordinate installation of cable tray with other trades to allow a minimum of 12”
above, 12” in front, and 12” below of clearance from piping, conduits, ductwork, etc.
Allowance must be provided for access to the tray with reasonable room to work.
Obstructions to the tray must be minimized and cannot block more than 6 feet of the
tray at any point in the run.
3. Submittal drawings, in the form of 8 ½”x 11” catalog cut sheets, shall be
provided for the following items: cable tray, fittings, accessories and load data.
4. Cable tray shall not be loaded beyond 60% of manufacturer’s recommended load
capacity.
5. Install wall mounted cable tray on both sides of hallway as shown on drawings and
where applicable.
6. Where a new cable tray distribution system encounters a wall, install sufficient 4”
EMT sleeves through the wall so cabling does not exceed 20% fill.
7. Where cable tray is exposed below ceiling, install the appropriate solid bottom inserts
to conceal cables.
PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270528 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
8. Install cable tray dropouts where large quantities of cables exit the distribution system.
9. Cable tray must be sized to facilitate sufficient growth capacity for migration cable
plant to coexist in same tray as existing cable plant, wherever possible.
10. Manufacturer of cable tray in corridors and telecom rooms shall be:
a. Mono-Systems, Inc.
b. B-Line Systems, Inc.
c. Hubbell
d. or approved alternate per submittal requirements in contract SOW.
C. Telecommunication Room Cable Tray System
1. TR cable tray shall completely wrap all walls within the room. Cable tray shall extend
over all equipment frames.
2. Cable tray shall be a minimum width of 2” high x 12” wide. Cable tray may be sized
upwards if fill ratio requirements need to be met based on cable quantities.
3. Manufacturer of tubular ladder type cable tray in telecommunication rooms shall be
Homaco or Chatsworth.
4. Cable tray shall be 12 inch cable runway. Fabricated of 3/8-inch x 1-1/2-inch x .065inch wall rectangular steel tubing, 1/2-inch x 3/8-inch x 1-1/2-inch
5. Rectangular steel tubing cross members welded at 12-inch intervals. Finish in gray
enamel. Homaco, Inc., Part Number TR10-12 or equivalent.
a. 12-inch Wall Angle Assembly Kit – Homaco, Inc., Part Number P12840H or
equivalent.
b. 3-inch Channel Rack–To-Runway Mounting Plate - Homaco., Part Number
JP0912 or equivalent.
c. End Closing Tube - Homaco Inc., Part Number P413512HT or equivalent.
d. Corner Clamp - Homaco Inc., Part Number P403473H or equivalent (2
required per End Closing Tube to complete assembly).
2.3 STATION CONDUITS
A station conduit is defined as a conduit that originates at the TO and rises within the walls or is
exposed from Wiremold raceway and extends up into the drop ceiling or over to the hallway
distribution system.
A. Provide station conduits from TOs to above the drop ceiling or extend over to the hallway
distribution systems consisting of 1” EMT minimum or appropriate size as shown on the
Drawings or as specified herein for installation of telecommunications cables.
B. Provide an insulating press fit bushing on all telecommunications conduits including
interconnecting nipples and stub to distribution system. To prevent conflicts with other
cables or conduits to cable tray, the conduit shall be stubbed not less than 6" above or
below conduit/cable tray center line. Where space permits, every effort shall be made to
PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270528 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
bend station conduits down such that the flow of installed cables promotes the minimum
length back to the TR and the least amount of bends in the cables. Bushings must be rated
to be used in an environmental air handling space (Plenum).
1. Manufacturer of insulating bushing on all telecommunication conduits shall be
Arlington or approved alternate equal.
C. Provide measured pull line in 12” increments in each empty conduit to hallway
distribution system.
D. Indelibly mark station conduit at hallway distribution end with Room # that conduit
serves.
E. The use of 90 degree electrical pulling elbows is prohibited.
F. Do not include more than two 90 degree bends between pulling points when installing
station conduit runs. If the path of the station conduits requires more than 180 degrees of
total bends, installation of an appropriate sized junction box is required. See section 2.4
for junction box requirements.
G. Place an appropriate sized junction box in each individual station conduit run that exceeds
100 feet in length.
H. The use of a third bend in a conduit is only acceptable if:
1. The total conduit run is reduced by 15%.
2. The conduit size is increased to the next trade size.
3. One of the bends is located within 12” of the cable feed end.
2.4 JUNCTION BOX REQUIRMENTS FOR STATION CONDUITS
A. If the station conduit route exceeds the 180 degree of total bends limitation, an appropriate
sized junction box is required within a straight section of the conduit run.
B. Each station conduit run requires a separate junction box. The sharing of a junction box by
multiple conduits is prohibited.
C. A junction box shall not be used in place of a bend. All junction boxes in station conduit
paths shall be installed within a straight section of the conduit run.
2.5 SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUITS
A. Minimum of (4) 4” IMC conduits shall be installed from the nearest utility tunnel on
outside of the building as shown on the Drawings. Consult with CNM ITS on required
telecommunication service to determine additional conduit requirements. Terminate
entrance conduits entering ER rooms from below grade to extend 4" above finished floor.
Location of entrance conduits shall be within 12” of room corners.
B. Terminate entrance conduits entering ER rooms from above ceiling height to extend 4"
below finished ceiling or 12” above cable tray.
PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270528 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
C. Terminate entrance conduits entering an ER rooms from below ceiling height to extend 4"
into the room.
D. Entrance conduits shall be continuous into the building and to the ER. Securely fasten all
entrance conduits to the building to withstand any cable placing operation. Do not include
more than two 90 degree bends between pulling points when installing entrance conduits.
E. On exterior wall penetrations, seal both sides of the wall around outside of conduit with
hydraulic cement to prevent water from entering the building. Seal the inside of the
conduit on both sides with conduit plugs, water plugs, or duct sealer to prevent water,
vapors, or gases from entering the building.
2.6 PATHWAY REQUIRMENTS FOR ENTRANCE CONDUITS
A. If the entrance conduits exceeds the 180 degree of total bends limitation, an appropriate
sized junction box, manhole, or handhole is required.
B. As-built drawings of entrance conduit path required to be submitted to CNM ITS before
covered with soil.
2.7 RISER CONDUITS
Riser conduits shall only be used when noted on the Construction Documents for special applications
only. Riser conduits are not required as a general rule for the riser system. However, when required:
A. Minimum of (2) 4” conduits shall be installed between the ER room and each TR room as
shown on the Drawings.
B. Conduits entering ER and TR rooms shall be reamed or bushed and terminated not more
than 4" from entrance wall and within 12” of room corners.
C. Conduits entering ER and TR rooms from below floor shall be terminated not more than
4" above finished floor.
D. Conduits for riser cables shall be continuous and separate from all other conduit or
enclosed raceway systems. Do not include more than two 90 degree bends between
pulling points when installing riser conduits. Where junction boxes are required, locate in
accessible areas, such as above suspended ceilings in hallways.
E. Conduits shall not be less than 4" trade size and be equipped with a measured pull line at
12” increments rated at a minimum 1200 pound test.
F. Provide restorable fire stops inside and around conduits as recommended by UL1479 or
ASTM E814 for all conduits penetrating fire-rated construction. Fire-rated construction to
be verified with CNM ITS.
G. Provide an insulating press fit bushing on all telecommunications riser conduits. Bushings
must be rated to be used in an environmental air handling space (Plenum).
1. Manufacturer of insulating bushing on all telecommunication conduits shall be
Arlington or equal.
H. Riser conduits shall not be used for the distribution of horizontal cables.
PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270528 - 6
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2.8 FIRE STOPS
A. In all buildings, floor/ceiling assemblies, stairs, and elevator penetrations must be sealed
with a 2-hour fire stop assembly at a minimum, unless otherwise noted.
B. Contact CNM ITS to identify walls which are fire-rated construction. Walls must be
sealed with a 2-hour fire stop assembly at a minimum.
C. Communication pathways requiring fire stopping shall utilize removable/re-usable fire
stopping putties for ease of Moves, Adds, and Changes.
D. All fire stopping penetrations shall conform to the recommended practices listed in
UL1479 or ASTM.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The intention of the telecommunications conduits is to provide a route between ER and
TR rooms, routes from the TRs throughout building floors to hallways, and routes from
hallway distribution systems into rooms to individual TOs for telecommunications
cabling.
B. Installation of new pathways shall not interfere with existing pathways in such a way that
installation of new cables within the existing pathway is made more difficult.
END OF SECTION 270528
PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270528 - 7
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 270543 - UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
PART 1: GENERAL
1.1 WORK REQUIRED:
A. The work required under this Section consists of providing all primary, secondary,
telecommunications/data underground ducts and raceways, including manholes and
handholes, for the project as shown on Drawings and/or as specified herein.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Division 31, Section 310000 – Earthwork (excavation, backfill, compaction, etc.)
Division 02, Section 020000 – Site Improvements (concrete work, blacktop, etc.)
Division 26, Section 260533 – Raceways and Fittings
Division 27, Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications
Division 27, Section 271102 – Main Equipment Room and Entrance Facilities
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For features, ratings, and performance of each component specified.
B.
Submit manufacturer’s instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation,
operation, and installation of products. Include application conditions or limitations of use stipulated
by any product testing agency. Submit for the following:
1.
C.
Conduit
Shop Drawings:
1.
2.
Component List: List manufacturer, part number, and quantity of each component.
Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of trench details and building penetrations,
labeling each individual component.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL:
1. All ducts/raceways:
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FROM COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270543 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1. The number, size, raceway duct material and arrangement shall be as indicated on
Drawings and/or as specified herein.
2. May be non-metallic (PVC) or galvanized heavywall (GMC) conduit (as outlined in items
B and C below) and indicated on Drawings and/or as specified herein.
3. Shall be capped with manufactured caps (Duct Plugs) when installation is temporarily
discontinued.
4. Shall be checked by pulling a round wood or steel test mandrel, sized for each duct from
both directions to remove obstructions.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Mandrel for 5” duct shall be a minimum of 4.69” outside diameter.
Mandrel for 4” duct shall be a minimum of 3.75” outside diameter.
Mandrel for 3” duct shall be a minimum of 2.81” outside diameter.
Mandrel for 2.5” duct shall be a minimum of 2.19” outside diameter.
Mandrel for 2” duct shall be a minimum of 1.88” outside diameter.
5. Shall be cleaned by passing a wire brush mandrel and/or rubber duct swab (or approved
alternative) of appropriate size back and forth until all foreign materials and water are
removed.
6. Shall be encased by a concrete envelope in road crossings or heavy traffic areas only,
minimum 3” cover on all sides or flowable backfill as specified on the drawings.
7. Shall be installed using long radius sweeps to minimize pulling tensions, unless otherwise
noted on Drawings or in specifications. No more than 180 degrees of total bends in any
one section of conduit.
8. Shall be 4" nominal trade size, unless specifically noted otherwise.
9. Shall be installed with minimum of 3" fall per 100' run toward manholes and away from
buildings.
10. Provide measured pull line in each conduit rated at 1200 lbs. minimum. Increments must
be in 12” steps.
11. Shall be approved for correct formations before tying to prevent ducts from floating when
concrete is poured.
12. Provide a minimum of 12” separation between electric power and
telecommunications/data ducts.
13. A minimum of 2’-6” bury depth (measured from concrete encasement to finished grade) is
required. Exceptions may be granted to avoid interference’s with approval of CNM ITS.
B. Non-metallic Raceways:
1. Carlon PVC Type DB with concrete encasement.
2. Plastic duct to meet NEMA TC-6 standards.
3. Plastic duct with straight couplings and appropriate cement. Couplings to be staggered
horizontally and vertically.
4. Used for all raceways except where rigid conduit is required.
5. Complete with threaded adapter when attached to rigid conduit.
6. Protected from deformation during stockpiling.
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FROM COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270543 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
7. Perfectly circular in shape. Other configurations will not be permitted.
8. Have joints made with materials provided by, and installed per manufacturer's directions.
Comply with manufacturers requirements for bending and cutting.
9. Have joints covered with Scotch #88 tape as temporary concrete seal.
10. Provide with end bells flush with inside wall of manhole or vault.
C. Rigid Heavy Wall Conduit:
1. As specified in Section 260533 - Raceways and Fittings.
2. Used within excavated portion of building, including any areas where building excavation
has been backfilled.
3. Extended 20' minimum from building into undisturbed earth.
4. Used for all ells stubbed "in," or "out" or concrete bases for electrical equipment.
5. Used in areas of extended backfill, requiring maximum strength against shear.
6. Used where crossing under tunnel.
D. Concrete Envelope:
1. Size where shown on drawings, with raceways receiving not less than 3" concrete cover
all around and 1-1/2" between raceways.
2. Provided with support piers to undisturbed soil where necessary for permanent bearing.
3. 3000 psi, class 2, concrete ready mix per ASTM-94.
4. Provided with fine sand cover for initial curing except where waived by CNM ITS.
5. Rebar reinforcement is required where duct banks will cross roadways.
E. Backfill:
1. Per Section Earthwork (excavation, backfill, compaction, etc.).
2.2 TELECOMMUNICATIONS/DATA MANHOLES:
A. Manholes shall be as follows:
1. Provided by Electrical or Telecommunications Contractor as described in the drawings
and as specified herein.
2. Be reinforced precast concrete, 4500 psi and designed for truck loading.
3. Be 10 ft. long x 6 ft. wide x 7 ft. high inside dimensions, unless otherwise specified on the
Drawings and/or as specified herein.
4. Be provided with pulling irons opposite each duct bank.
5. Be complete with bonding jumper to reinforcing steel in each section.
a. Pre-cast manholes have reinforcing steel bonded together and do not require an
additional ground rod. Install a bonding ribbon horizontally around the top of the
manhole and attached to all cable racks and hardware. Continue installation
vertically between bonding clamps so both top and bottom halves are bonded
together on each side. The bonding ribbon will be used to bond and ground all
splice cases and hardware placed within the manhole.
6. Be complete with cable racks, arms, and insulators, for proper cable support.
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FROM COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270543 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
7. All manhole hardware shall have hot dipped galvanized finish.
8. Provide heavy-duty, cast-iron, frame and cover with nominal 36” opening as NEENAH
#R-1640-D or approved equal, with pick holes. Lid to be lettered "Communications".
9. Provide 6" and 12" grade ring riser castings as required to elevate cover to approximately
1” above finished grade. Internal diameter of grade rings to be not less than internal
diameter of manhole cover frame. Verify with manufacturer on availability. Custom grade
rings are acceptable upon prior approval of CNM ITS. Cast-iron adjusting rings, Neenah
#R-1979 series or equal may be used to trim final elevations.
10. Set on leveled undisturbed earth with minimum 3” granular fill under entire manhole
before setting. If earth is disturbed during excavation, properly compact soil and provide
3" concrete leveling pad under entire manhole before setting. Backfill around manholes
per NMDOT specifications for Manhole, Inlet and Catch Basins.
11. Manhole ladders are required for these manholes, unless otherwise noted on Drawings
and/or as specified herein.
12. Provide a 14 inch sump.
13. Manhole shall be Type “J” with offset opening, duct entrances as shown on Drawings
with properly placed precast knockouts, duct terminators.
14. Tinned copper bonding ribbon equivalent to .0510 x .3750 EPT shall be bonded to all
cable racks within the manholes.
2.3 CABLE SUPPORTS: (MANHOLES)
A. Supports for Communications manholes shall be as follows:
1. Channel steel type equal to Chance #1126 with hooks and #P-1120 insulators.
2. Provide #L-1100 hook lock clips as required.
2.4 PULL PITS
A. Pull Pits shall be as follows:
1. Provided by Electrical or Telecommunications Contractor as described on the drawings
and/or as specified herein.
2. Be reinforced concrete, 4500 psi and designed for truck loading.
3. Be 4' x 4' x 6' high inside dimensions.
4. Be provided with pulling irons opposite each duct opening.
5. Be complete with bonding jumper to reinforcing steel in each Section.
6. Manhole Cover shall be NEENAH #R-1640-D, with pickhole, lid lettered
"COMMUNICATIONS".
7. Provide 6" and 12" grade ring riser castings as required to bring lid up to proper grade,
and NEENAH #R-1979 rings for final adjustments. Internal diameter of grade rings to be
not less than internal diameter of manhole cover frame.
8. Set on leveled undisturbed earth with minimum 3” granular fill under entire manhole
before setting. If earth is disturbed during excavation, properly compact soil and provide
3" concrete leveling pad under entire manhole before setting.
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FROM COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270543 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
9. Support Cables in pull pits with galvanized #P1000 unistrut and #P-1753/4 porcelain
cable saddles.
2.5 CONDUIT
A. Conduit shall be a nonmetallic flexible raceway manufactured from High Density
Polyethylene (HDPE) for use in underground applications. It shall be a smooth walled interior
and exterior configuration with wall construction of SDR 13.5. Each conduit shall have a onehalf inch pre-lubricated, woven, 1130lb. minimum polyester tape made from low friction,
high abrasion resistant yarns placed within the conduit and secured at each end. Tape shall be
printed with sequential footage markings for accurate measurements.
1. Carlon 2” smooth-walled HDPE conduit, part #A13C9N7AXXC or equivalent as
specified on the drawings.
2. Carlon 1-1/4” smooth-walled HDPE conduit, part #A6C9N7AXXC or equivalent as
specified on the drawings.
3. Carlon 1” smooth-walled HDPE conduit, part #A5C9N7AXXC or equivalent as specified
on the drawings.
B. Toneable conduit shall be manufactured as indicated above but also include a copper
conductor within the wall of the duct to be used for locating the buried conduit. Conduit shall
be black.
1. Carlon 2” smooth-walled toneable HDPE conduit, part #A13C9G7AXXC or equivalent.
2. Carlon 1-1/4” smooth-walled toneable HDPE conduit, part #A6C9G7AXXC or
equivalent.
3. Carlon 1” smooth-walled toneable HDPE conduit, part #A5C9G7AXXC or equivalent.
2.6 CONDUIT COUPLERS
A. Aluminum threaded conduit couplers to be used to join two segments of smooth walled
conduit together. Non metallic couplers are not acceptable. Toneable conduit shall be coupled
per the Manufacturer’s instructions to maintain continuity of copper conductor.
1. Carlon 2” threaded aluminum coupler, part #P200 or equivalent.
2. Carlon 1-1/4” threaded aluminum coupler, part #P125 or equivalent.
3. Carlon 1” threaded aluminum coupler, part #P100 or equivalent.
4. Contact CNM ITS Telecommunications Department when using toneable conduit.
2.7 DUCT PLUGS
A. Conduit sealing plugs to be used to seal unused conduit.
1. Carlon 2” blank duct plug, part #MAEPG5 or equivalent.
2. Carlon 1-1/4” blank duct plug, part # MAEPG4 or equivalent.
3. Carlon 1” blank duct plug, part # MAEPG2 or equivalent.
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FROM COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270543 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2.8 TELECOMMUNICATIONS/DATA HANDHOLES:
A. Handhole enclosures shall be Quazite Pre-cast Polymer Concrete 30”W x 48”L x 24”D PG
style (Stackable) assembly with no base or as specified on drawings. Quazite part
#PG3048BA24.
B. Installation to be per the manufacturer’s specifications.
C. Handhole cover shall be traffic rated, heavy duty Quazite Pre-cast Polymer Concrete complete
with (2) bolts. Quazite part #PG3048HA00 with “Communications” labeling on the lid.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 CABLE SUPPORTS:
A. The cable supports described on the drawings or herein are intended to assist the Contractor in
obtaining a satisfactory job and shall be altered to fit job conditions.
B. In general, all cables in manholes shall be supported on 4'-0" maximum centers for straight
runs, on each side of splices, and within 2'-0" of cable entrances to duct or termination.
3.2 EXCAVATION:
A. Coordinated with other trades.
B. Have elevations and arrangements verified on job.
C. If soil conditions are such that because of the depth or any other reasons the trench/excavation
cannot conform to the size of the duct bank, provide forms and bracing as required.
D. Have grade stakes at 5' intervals in trench bottom.
E. Have trench bottom filled to exact elevation with a 3" concrete grade pad prior to installation
of ducts. Ducts are to be installed using 3" chairs and 1-1/2" separation to provide required
cover. At Owner’s discretion or as directed on Drawings the 3" grade pad may be deleted.
F. Contractor shall open entire length of trench and establish proper grades before beginning
installation of any portion of connecting duct runs.
G. Per Section 310000 - Earthwork and Section 020000 - Excavation, Backfill, Concrete,
Asphalt Repairs and Related Work.
H. Depth of excavation shall be such that the required bury depths (top of concrete encasement)
are met. Any deviation from required depths shall be approved by CNM ITS prior to
installation.
3.3 CONCRETE ENVELOPE:
A. Protected against freezing, etc., as required in General Construction Specification.
B. Installed so no honeycombing occurs and be properly vibrated with small vibrator. Do not
vibrate between ducts.
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FROM COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270543 - 6
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
C. Size where shown on drawings, with raceways receiving not less than 3" concrete cover all
around and 1-1/2" between raceways.
D. Concrete for the duct bank shall be placed in such a way that the duct bank will not be
disturbed and that the sides of the trench do not crumble, using splash boards, proper
placement, etc. The vertical drop of concrete from chute shall not exceed 30 inches.
E. Concrete shall be poured continuous from manhole to manhole. No pours shall originate
between manholes.
F. Interval between base or intermediate spacers shall not exceed 8 feet with a minimum of two
supports per length of duct.
G. Make provisions, such as nylon ties, to prevent the ducts from floating when concrete is
poured.
H. Color top layer of concrete encasement by using “ORANGE” (for telecommunications) chalk
dust while still wet.
3.4 REINFORCING:
A. Shall be installed:
1. Where noted on drawings and/or as specified herein.
2. Where crossing trenches for other work.
3. Where connected to buildings and manhole walls, anchored thereto with projecting re-bars
provided by this Contractor.
4. At joints between pours of concrete envelope.
5. If continuous pour is impractical, provide (4) #4 reinforcing bars extending six feet (6’)
into first and second pour.
6. Where trenches cross roadways.
B. Reinforcing shall be supported from bottom of trench at least one inch.
C. Arranged to avoid contact between rods to prevent inductive heating of steel at reinforcing
overlaps.
3.5 BACKFILL:
A. Not be installed until after concrete has reached initial set.
B. Per Section Earthwork (excavation, backfill, compaction, etc.).
C. The Contractor will do all re-seeding and landscape repairs, unless specifically indicated on
Drawings and/or as specified herein.
D. Backfill around manholes with select granular material free of broken pavement, rocks, frozen
material, etc. Backfill in 6” layers and tamp each layer to ensure complete compaction,
especially under pipes and conduit. Place backfill evenly on all sides of manhole to prevent
racking. Backfilling should be completed on the same day the manhole is placed.
E. In unpaved areas, the ground should be sloped away from the manhole frame and cover to
provide proper drainage.
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FROM COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270543 - 7
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
F. Where the manhole is to be installed under a paved area, such as a parking lot, the surface of
the paving should be graded slightly away from the manhole frame and cover.
G. Where the manhole is to be installed under a concrete sidewalk, slab or pavement, expansion
joint material shall be placed between the panel vault frame and concrete. A 2” minimum
sand cushion shall be provided between the top surface of the manhole and the bottom of the
concrete sidewalk, slab or pavement to prevent stress on the casting during freeze and thaw
conditions.
H. Restoration of the area where the manhole structure is installed shall meet the requirements of
the Owner.
3.6 AS-BUILTS:
A. Contractor shall provide as-built information to Owner prior to final payment for this work
B. As-built information shall be in red-lined format on a copy of construction drawings. Indicate
location of all underground routes, if different than original drawing.
C. If construction drawings are not utilized, Contractor shall provide all telecommunications
location information on an accurate scaled site plan.
D. All as-builts will be marked with the proper XYZ coordinates at a minimum of every 20ft.
These coordinates shall be tied to the nearest CNM ITS benchmark and other permanent
landmarks. Contact CNM ITS Department for the exact location of the benchmarks at least 48
hours prior to starting work.
END OF SECTION 270543
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FROM COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270543 - 8
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 270553 – IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies, materials,
and testing unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations recognized
as necessary for the labeling of the telecommunications infrastructure as described on the
Drawings and/or required by these specifications.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271513 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For features, ratings, and performance of each component specified.
B.
Submit manufacturer’s instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation,
operation, and installation of products. Include application conditions or limitations of use stipulated
by any product testing agency. Submit for the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
Wall Boxes
Raceway
Conduit
Conduit Bushings
Labeling Plan:
1.
2.
Component List: List manufacturer, part number of each label to be used.
Submit labeling plan for CNM ITS review and approval prior to commencing labeling.
IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270553 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LABELS
A. Copper, Fiber, and Coax Riser Cable Labels in TRs
1. Brady part #WML-1231-292 or Panduit #LS7-75NL-1
B. Copper, Fiber, and Coax Horizontal Cable Labels in TRs
1. Brady part #WML-317-292 or Panduit #LS7-75NL-1
C. Copper, Fiber, and Coax Horizontal Cable Labels at the Workstation Outlet
1. Brady part #WML-317-292 or Panduit #LS7-75NL-1
D. Telephone 110-Block Labels in TRs
1. Brady part #CL-111-619 or Panduit #LS7-38-1
E. Faceplate Labels at the Workstation Outlet
1. Brady part #CL-111-619 or Panduit #LS7-38-1
F. Patch Panel Labels in TRs
1. Brady part #CL-111-619 or Panduit #LS7-38-1
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 LABELING INSTALLATION
A. Horizontal Cable Labeling:
1. All horizontal cables shall be labeled with self-laminating marking tape, Brady ID-Pro
labeler, Panduit LS7 labeler, or CNM ITS approved equal labeling system. Identification
shall be shown on CNM Standard Drawings.
a. Place label on a visible part of cable within 12” of termination point for ease of
identification after termination.
Size of letters and numbers shall be no less than 5/16” high by 1/8” wide.
This shall be visible by removing outlet cover plate. For rooms with multiple outlet
locations, identification would begin with the first receptacle to the left of the main
entrance to the room and continuing clockwise around the room. Size of letters and
numbers shall be as indicated above.
b. At the ER and TR, the CATV cables shall be labeled at each end with the information
indicating termination of the opposite end of the cables. This shall include Cable
system, Room number, and cable number at opposite end. Place label on a visible part
of cable 12” from end of cable for ease of identification after termination.
Size of letters and numbers shall be no less than 5/16” high by 1/8” wide.
IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270553 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
c. At the rooms, the CATV cables shall be labeled 4” from termination with the
following: ER/TR TR Room # - TV Room # -Jack.
Size of letters and numbers shall be as indicated above.
B. Copper Riser Cable Labeling:
1. All riser cables shall be labeled with self-laminating marking tape, Brady IDPro labeler,
Panduit LS7 labeler, or IT Telecommunications approved equal labeling system.
Identification shall be as follows:
a. At the ER and TR, the copper riser cables shall be labeled at each end with the
information indicating termination of the opposite end of the cables. This shall
include building acronym and cable number and room location. Place label on a
visible part of cable close to wiring block for ease of identification after
termination.
Size of letters and numbers shall be no less than 5/16” high by 1/8” wide.
The cable label along with the pair count shall be labeled at each end of the wiring
blocks.
C. Fiber Riser Cable Labeling:
1. All fiber optic riser cables shall be labeled at each end with the information indicating: 1)
Building, 2) Cable number, 3) “FO” indicating a fiber and opposite end of cable. “S” shall
be used after the FO to indicate the use of single-mode fiber. Fiber type shall be labeled
on the front of the fiber enclosure: SMF for single mode fiber; MMF for multimode fiber.
Verify cable number with CNM ITS before labeling.
D. Copper Riser 110-Block Labeling:
1. At the ER and TR, voice riser cables are terminated on their respective 110 blocks or
patch panels per the Drawings. Label only 1st and last pairs on each row of 110 blocks.
Place cable number of riser cable on wiring block label in center of label.
E. Coax Riser Labeling (CATV)
1. At the ER and TR, CATV riser cables shall be labeled at each end with the information
indicating termination of the opposite end of the cables.
F. Horizontal 110-Block Labeling (Telephone):
1. At the TR, voice horizontal cables are terminated on their respective S110 blocks, with
pairs on the blocks labeled in ascending room number order. All horizontal cables from
same room should be terminated in sequential order on S110 blocks. Single 4-pair cables
will be labeled with a room location and a jack designation. e.g. 1113-1 = a single
telephone jack in Room 1113.
IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270553 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
Place label on jacket of cable within 3” of the wiring block.
G. Horizontal Patch Panel Labeling (Data):
1. At the TR, data horizontal cables are terminated on their respective patch panels, with
jacks on the panels labeled in ascending room number order. All horizontal cables from
same room should be terminated in sequential order at the patch panels.
H. Faceplate Labeling:
At the rooms, the jacks will be labeled on the faceplates using the plastic insert to
cover a printed identification tag with room number and proper jack designation as
shown on the CNM Drawings.
END OF SECTION 270553
IDENTIFICATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Version 12DEC2007
270553 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271101 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM AND SPACES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
1.3
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271513 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes minimum requirements for equipment, termination hardware, and
cable installation in communication equipment rooms including, but not limited to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Floor mounted passive relay racks.
Floor mounted active equipment relay racks.
Wall mounted cabinets.
Floor mounted cabinets.
Cable management hardware.
Ladder racks.
Patch panels – Category 6
Fiber optic SC-Duplex adapter panels, 6 adapters per panel.
Fiber optic distribution unit 3U 48 port configuration – rack mounted.
Plywood Backboards.
110 system blocks.
UTP cross connects.
Grounding and bonding.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
1.4
Powerstrip Telecommunications Room active equipment relay rack.
Powerstrip Telecommunications Room equipment cabinets.
Optical fiber patch cords - multimode.
Optical fiber patch cords – single mode.
Category 6 patch cords.
110 system patch cords – Category 6.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For features, ratings, and performance of each component specified.
B.
Submit manufacturer’s instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination,
preparation, operation, and installation of products. Include application conditions or
limitations of use stipulated by any product testing agency. Submit for the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
C.
Shop Drawings:
1.
2.
1.5
Floor mounted relay racks.
Wall mounted relay racks and brackets.
Wall mounted cabinets.
Floor mounted cabinets.
Cable management hardware.
Cable supports and ladder racks.
Patch panels
Fiber system blocks.
Power strips.
Patch cords.
Component List: List manufacturer, part number, and quantity of each component.
Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of equipment rooms, labeling each
individual component. Show equipment rack assemblies, method of field assembly,
workspace requirements, and access for cable connections.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer Qualifications: ISO 9001 Certified, for components that are required to have
submittals provided as part of this Section.
B.
Installer Qualifications:
1.
A firm currently engaged and which has been continuously engaged for the past 5
years in the installation of low voltage applications of type required for this Project,
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2.
3.
4.
5.
and which is licensed in and has obtained or will obtain the necessary permits to
perform telecommunications installations in jurisdiction where Project is located.
Have a BICSI certified RCDD locally on staff
Provide references of the type of installation provided in this specification.
Have personnel knowledgeable in local, state, and national codes and the latest TIA
Telecommunications Standards and Manufacturer’s recommendations.
Have personnel fluent in the use of AutoCAD version 2002 or later and possess and
operate CAD software capable of producing .DWG or .DXF format.
C.
Source Limitations: Obtain units of the same type of equipment through one source from a
single manufacturer.
D.
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
equipment, accessories, and components and are based on the specific system indicated.
Refer to Division 01 Section “Product Requirements.”
1.
E.
Do not modify intended aesthetic effects or performance, as judged solely by
Architect, except with Architect’s approval. If modifications are proposed, submit
comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.
Materials and labor shall comply with applicable requirements of following standards, using
latest version of associated appendices and Technical Service Bulletins at the time of award
of the Contract;
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
EIA/TIA-568.
EIA/TIA-569.
EIA/TIA-606.
EIA/TIA-607.
Underwriter’s Laboratory.
FCC (including CFR 47 and Part 68 – Subpart F).
National Electric Code.
Local and State Codes.
ISO/I/EC 11801.
IEC 1000-5-2.
IEC 60603-7.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1.
2.
2.2
A.
FLOOR MOUNTED RELAY RACKS
Physical Specifications:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
A.
Hoffman
APW
Chatsworth Products Inc.
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
WALL MOUNTED CABINETS
Physical Specifications:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
19 inch (482.6 mm) rack mounting space.
84 inches (2134 mm) high.
Lightweight, high strength aluminum construction.
Black powder coat finish.
15 inch (381 mm) deep base with 4 3/4 inch (19 mm) bolt down holes.
EIA channel width of 3 inches (76 2 mm), with #12-24 screw holes.
Rack shall have double sided #12-24 tapped holes and EIA universal rack 5/8 inch (16 mm)
to 5/8 inch (16 mm) – 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) standard hole pattern (compatible with
1-1/4 inch (32 mm) – 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) hole patterns).
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.3
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, manufacturers specified.
19 inch (482.6 mm) equipment mounting space.
42 to 48 inches (1067 to 1219 mm) high.
Universal mounting rails with 12/24 tapped holes.
5/8 inch (16 mm) to 5/8 inch (16 mm) – 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) standard hole pattern.
Black powder coat finish.
Racks shall have:
1.
A 2 hinge design for front and rear access
2.
Louvered sides for ventilation
3.
Knockouts in top and bottom for cable access
4.
Both front and rear access shall be lockable
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
5.
C.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.4
A.
Physical Specifications:
0.0556 inch (1.41 mm) thick steel construction.
Capable of setting equipment mounting rails at 19 inches (483 mm).
Nominal 84 by 24 by 40 inches (1956 by 610 by 1016 mm).
Lockable smoked Plexiglas hinged door on front and steel hinged door in rear.
Vented roof.
Removable side panels.
Leveling feet.
Internal fan for non-raised floor areas only.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.5
Hoffman
APW
Chatsworth Products Inc.
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
FLOOR MOUNTED CABINET
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
Smoked Plexiglas Door
Hoffman
APW
Chatsworth Products Inc.
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
CABLE MANAGEMENT FOR RELAY RACKS
A.
Cable management shall be black metal or plastic with integral wire retaining fingers.
B.
Vertical management panels shall have front and rear channels.
C.
Vertical cable management panels shall have removable front and back covers made of
black metal.
D.
A horizontal crossover cable manager shall be provided as shown on Drawings for each
relay rack, with minimum height of 1 rack units each.
E.
Approved Manufacturers:
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.6
FIBER OPTIC SC-DUPLEX ADAPTER PANELS, 6 ADAPTERS PER PANEL
1.
2.
A.
Adapter shall support 6 adapters per panel and shall permit termination in increments
of 6 strands of fiber.
Adapter shall permit the installation of 2 SC type connectors to be installed, such that
the 2 appear to function as one connector.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.7
Panduit
Hoffman
Chatsworth Products Inc.
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
Commscope
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
PATCH PANELS – CATEGORY 6
A.
Termination panels shall support appropriate Category 6 applications and facilitate crossconnection and inter-connection using modular patch cords.
B.
Sized to fit an EIA standard, 19-inch (482.6 mm) relay rack, or be capable of mounting to
wall.
C.
Accommodate a minimum of 48 ports for each rack mount space, where 1 rack mount space
is equal to 1.75 inches (44.5 mm).
D.
Have circuit boards tested in both directions as required by ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 and
ISO/IEC 11801.
E.
Have angle left and angle right modules to provide optimum cable management.
F.
Have removable 6 port modules to allow replacement in field.
G.
Have Category 6 jacks available in both T568A and T568B wiring schemes, with 110-style
termination.
H.
Allow for minimum of 200 re-terminations without signal degradation below standards
compliance limit.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 6
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
I.
Have modular ports compliant with FCC CFR 47 part 68 Subpart F and IEC 60603-7 with
50 microinches (0.0013 mm) of gold plating over nickel contacts or equivalent.
J.
Have plastic strip for physical protection of printed circuit board.
K.
Have port identification numbers on both the front and rear of panel.
L.
Provide clear label holders and white designation labels with panel, with optional color
labels available.
M.
Be made by an ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer.
N.
Electrical Specifications:
1.
2.
Meet ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 component specifications.
Meet following requirements:
TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 Compliant; ISO/IEC 11801, 2nd ed. Category 6 Compliant
Return
Freq.
Ins. Loss
NEXT PSNEXT ACR PSACR ELFEXT PSELFEXT
Loss
Loss
Loss
(MHz) (dB/100m)
(dB)
(dB)
(dB)
(dB)
(dB)
(dB)
(dB)
1
2.1
75.5
73.5
73.5
71.5
71.0
68.0
20.2
4
3.9
66.5
64.5
62.7
60.7
59.0
56.0
23.2
8
5.4
62
60.0
56.7
54.7
52.9
49.9
24.7
10
6.1
60.5
58.5
54.5
52.5
51.0
48.0
25.2
16
7.7
57.4
55.4
49.8
47.8
46.9
43.9
25.2
31.25
10.8
53.1
51.1
42.4
40.4
41.1
38.1
23.8
62.5
15.5
48.6
46.6
33.2
31.2
35.1
32.1
21.7
100
19.9
45.5
43.5
25.7
23.7
31.0
28.0
20.3
200
29.1
41
39.0
12.0
10.0
25.0
22.0
18.2
250
32.9
39.5
37.5
6.7
4.7
23.0
20.0
17.8
350
39.9
37.3
35.3
20.1
17.1
17.3
400
42.9
36.5
34.5
19.0
15.9
16.9
500
48.1
35.9
33.9
16.9
13.9
16.3
550
50.7
34.8
33.6
15.8
13.1
15.8
3.
4.
5.
Be UL verified for TIA/EIA Category 6 electrical performance.
Steel frame with black powder coat finish in 24 and 48 port configurations.
Have port identification numbers on both front and rear of panel.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 7
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
O.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.8
Have mounting slots compatible with ANSI/EIA-310.
Allow modular insert to accept 110-style patch plugs as means of termination.
T-568B wired.
Provide 48 port panels, unless otherwise noted.
Density must accommodate maximum of 24 ports per single rack unit (1.75 inch
(44.5 mm)).
Paired punch down sequence to allow pair twist within 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) of
termination.
Relay rack mounted.
UL listed, compliant with FCC CFR47, Part 68 Subpart F and IEC 60603-7, with
50 microinches (0.0013 mm) of gold plating over nickel contacts, or equivalent.
Allow use of 4 or 5 pair impact termination tool.
Have port identification numbers on front and rear of panel.
Provide port configurations and densities as indicated on Drawings.
Provide rear cable management bar(s) as recommended by manufacturer.
Shall be insulation displacement connector 110 style terminations.
Provide EIA/TIA 606 compliant color-coded icons or color-coded designation label
strips for all patch panels. Identify voice or data functionality as required.
Commscope
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
FIBER OPTIC DISTRIBUTION UNIT 3U 48 PORT CONFIGURATION – RACK
MOUNTED
A.
All panels and trays (units) shall provide cross-connect, inter-connect, splicing capabilities
and contain cable management for supporting and routing fiber cables and jumpers.
B.
Shall be available in 24 and 48 port configurations.
C.
Feature a front access design with hinged bulkhead plate.
D.
Use adapter plates that house 6 adapters SC-Duplex each.
E.
Use of MPO or MPT as alternative for approval
F.
Have blank adapter plates for future growth of fiber infrastructure.
G.
Have hinged removable front cover.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 8
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
H.
Have integrated vertical cableway on one side of panel.
I.
Be 19 inch (483 mm) rack mountable.
J.
Have storage and splicing options as part of product offering.
K.
Be made by ISO 9001 certified manufacturer.
L.
Provide port configurations and densities as indicated on Drawings.
M.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.9
A.
2.10
Commscope
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
BACKBOARDS
Plywood backboards will be provided by others unless stated otherwise in the Contract
Documents and/or Drawings. All walls within a TR will be required to be covered with ¾”
AC rated plywood. Plywood may either be fire treated (stamp must remain visible if
painted) or painted with two coats of fire retardant paint to match room color. Sheets must
be installed lengthwise originating 6 inches above finished floor height.
DISTRIBUTION RINGS
A.
Provide open end distribution rings for wall mounted cross-connect fields above wall
mounted blocks. Provide 2 rings per vertical row.
B.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.11
Cooper B-Line
Chatsworth
Senior Industries
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
GROUNDING AND BONDING
A.
Materials: Comply with NFPA 70, TIA/EIA-607, and UL 467.
B.
See drawing package for additional requirements.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 9
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
C.
2.12
Comply with manufacturer’s grounding requirements.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS POWER STRIP
A.
Provide 2 power strips per cabinet.
B.
Shall have 1 dedicated 20 amp, 115 V circuit per strip.
C.
Shall be rack mounted.
D.
Shall be switched with rocker style switch per port.
E.
Shall provide minimum of 2 power strips per cabinet that contains active electronics, or as
detailed on Drawings.
F.
Shall be surge suppressed.
G.
Shall have minimum of 6 outlets, transformer spaced where possible.
H.
Shall have a 15 foot (4 m) cord, minimum.
I.
Shall be UL listed and must meet UL 1363 and 1449 requirements.
J.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.13
Wiremold
Leviton
TrippLite
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
OPTICAL FIBER PATCH CORDS – MULTIMODE
A.
Shall be available in standard lengths of 3, 6, 10, and 16.4 feet (1, 2, 3, and 5 meters),
custom lengths shall also be available, and shall meet or exceed standards as defined in
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 and ISO/IEC 11801.
B.
For existing environments utilize duplex optical fiber cable that is 62.5/125 micron
multimode, OFNR riser grade, and meets the requirements of UL 1666. For new installation
environments utilize 50/125 micron multimode fiber. Confirm with CNM ITS before
purchasing cabling.
C.
Utilize optical fiber cable where the attenuation shall not exceed 3.5 dB/km at 850 nm
wavelength or 1.0 dB/km at 1300 nm.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 10
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
D.
Cable Jacket Color:
1.
2.
62.5/125: Orange.
50/125: Aqua.
E.
Be equipped with SC type in accordance with TIA/EIA-568 and must include a ceramic
ferrule.
F.
Have terminated connectors exhibit maximum insertion loss of 0.25 dB with average of 0.20
dB or better when tested at either 850 nm or 1300 nm wavelentths for 62/125 ȝm.
G.
Have terminated connectors exhibit maximum insertion loss of 0.25 dB with average of 0.20
dB or better when tested at either 850 nm or 1300 nm wavelengths for 50/125 ȝm.
H.
Have average return loss of 2.5 dB with minimum return loss of 2.0 dB at both 850 nm and
1300 nm.
I.
Be made by ISO 9001 certified manufacturer.
J.
Be UL 1666 approved.
K.
Shall be duplex fiber cable meeting or exceeding transmission characteristics of optical fiber
horizontal cable.
L.
Connectors shall be duplex T568SC, as indicated on Drawings or equipment schedules.
M.
Following configurations may be required:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
N.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.14
SC type/SC type
ST type/SC type
ST Type/LC Type
SC Type/LC Type
ST Type/ST Type
LC Type/LC Type
Quiktron
Commscope
OCC
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
OPTICAL FIBER PATCH CORDS – SINGLE MODE
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 11
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A.
Available in standard lengths of 3, 6, 10, and 16.4 feet (1, 2, 3, and 5 meters), custom
lengths shall also be available, and shall meet or exceed standards as defined in
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 and ISO/IEC 11801.
B.
Be either simplex or duplex OFNR riser grade cable, with attenuation at wavelength 1310
nm being 1.0 dB/km and at wavelength 1550 nm 1.0 db/km.
C.
Jacket Color: Yellow.
D.
Connectors shall be SC type in accordance with TIA/EIA-568 and must include a ceramic
ferrule.
E.
Terminated connectors shall exhibit a maximum insertion loss of 0.50 db with an average of
0.25 dB when tested at either 1310 nm or 1660 nm wavelengths for singlemode fiber.
F.
Have average return loss of 53 db with minimum return loss of 40 dB at both 1310 and 1550
nm.
G.
Be made by ISO 9002 certified manufacturer.
H.
Be UL 1666 approved.
I.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.15
Quiktron
Commscope
OCC
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
CATEGORY 6 PATCH CORDS
A.
Shall be round, and consist of 8 insulated 24 AWG stranded copper conductors arranged in 4
color-coded twisted-pairs within flame-retardant jacket.
B.
Be equipped with modular 8-position plugs on both ends, wired straight through with
standards compliant wiring.
C.
Use modular plugs, which exceed FCC CFR 47 Part 68 Subpart F and IEC 60603-7
specifications, and have 50 microinches (0.0013 mm) minimum of gold plating over nickel
contacts.
D.
Be resistant to corrosion from humidity, extreme temperatures, and airborne contaminants.
E.
Utilize cable that exhibits power sum NEXT performance.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 12
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
F.
Be available in several colors with or without color strain relief boots providing snag-less
design.
G.
Meet flex test requirements of 1000 cycles with boots and 100 cycles without boots.
H.
Be available in any custom length and standard lengths of 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, and 25 feet (.9,
1.5, 2.1, 3, 4.6, 6.1, and 7.6 m).
I.
Be made by ISO 9001 certified manufacturer.
J.
Electrical Specifications:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Input Impedance Without Averaging: 100 ohms plus or minus 15 percent from 1 to
100 MHz.
One hundred percent transmission tested for performance up to 100 MHz.
Manufacturer shall guarantee cords are compatible with Category 6 links.
Utilize cable that is UL verified (or equivalent) for TIA/EIA Category 6 electrical
performance.
UL listed 1863.
K.
Horizontal Workstation Colors:
1.
All horizontal cabling will consist of Plenum rated cable regardless of Plenum
environment and will be Blue in color.
L.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Commscope
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
FLOOR MOUNTED RELAY RACKS
A.
Anchor racks to floor using drop anchor with bolt to match diameter of mounting hole in
base of rack.
B.
Provide vertical and horizontal cable as indicated on Drawings.
C.
Mount with minimum 36 inch (915 mm) clear access behind and in front of rack rows
but maintain 48 inches between wall and rack.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 13
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
D.
Install equipment ground bus bar in rack for systems integrator or installer to ground
equipment per grounding details on CNM ITS provided drawings. Ground rack equipment
ground bus bar to room ground bus bar with #6 copper wire.
E.
Provide grounding, earthing, and bonding in accordance with applicable codes and
regulations, with the requirements of IEC 1000-5-2, and ANSI/TIA/EIA-607.
3.2
WALL MOUNTED RELAY RACKS
A.
Secure racks to building structure with approved anchoring means for the type of wall being
attached to. Always mount ¾” plywood backboard to wall first and then attach rack. Use full
sheet of plywood attached to wall attached to a minimum of two separate studs. Paint
plywood to match room color.
B.
Verify existing wall construction and submit proposed anchoring methods for CNM ITS
approval.
C.
Provide vertical and horizontal cable management both front and rear wherever available.
D.
Must be lockable cabinet with matching keys.
3.3
CABLE MANAGEMENT
A.
Provide horizontal cable manager at top and bottom of each relay rack, with minimum
height of two rack units each.
B.
Alternate patch panel and wire management starting from top of rack with wire manager on
top.
C.
Provide 2 rear cable management bars and reusable Velcro-type hook and loop straps in
each rear vertical channel. Reusable straps shall be of varying sizes, each allowing 50
percent spare future expansion, and of adequate quantity to secure cable bundles at least
every 4 rack units.
D.
Secure cable managers, slack managers, support bars, and hook and loop straps per
manufacturer’s recommendations.
3.4
CATEGORY 6 PATCH PANELS
A.
Install and label as recommended by manufacturer, per EIA/TIA 606A.
B.
Install rear cable management bars as recommended by manufacturer.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 14
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
3.5
OPTICAL FIBER PATCH PANELS
A.
Install as indicated on Drawings.
B.
Install blank adapter panels in positions not used at time of installation for fiber
terminations.
3.6
CABLE SUPPORTS
A.
Provide “D” rings 24 inches (610 mm) on center for exposed wall mounted vertical
Category 6 cable runs.
B.
To maximum extent possible, horizontal wall runs shall be on wall mounted ladder racks.
Minimize horizontal wall mounted cable runs.
C.
Provide cable brackets 36 inches (914 mm) on center supported to building structure for
cable runs not supported by cable tray.
3.7
BACKBOARDS
A.
Use full sheet of plywood attached to wall attached to a minimum of two separate studs.
Paint plywood to match room color. In telecom rooms, install plywood vertically on all four
walls a minimum of 6 inches above finished floor and 6 inches away from all corners.
B.
Verify existing wall construction and submit proposed attachment methods for CNM ITS
approval.
3.8
A.
3.9
DISTRIBUTION RINGS
Install distribution rings for cross-connect fields above all wall mounted blocks. Provide 2
rings per vertical row of blocks. Mount rings with 2 hex head screws per ring.
MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS
A.
Cables in Equipment Rooms shall be neatly “dressed out” and accessible.
B.
Provide service loops on cables terminated in Telecommunications Rooms as indicated on
Drawings.
C.
Firestop sleeves and conduit openings after cable installation is complete. See Section
270500 for more firestopping details.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 15
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
3.10
GROUNDING AND BONDING
A.
See Section 270526 for Grounding Details
B.
See drawing package for additional requirements.
C.
Comply with manufacturer’s grounding requirements.
END OF SECTION 271101
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS AND SPACES
Version 12DEC2007
271101 - 16
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271102 - MAIN EQUIPMENT ROOMS (ER) AND ENTRANCE
FACILITIES (EF)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes minimum requirements for equipment and materials at Main
Equipment Room (ER) and at Entrance Facility (EF) including, but not limited to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
1.3
A.
B.
C.
D.
1.4
A.
Racks and cabinets.
Entrance facility terminals.
Surge protection modules.
Wall mounted distribution frames.
Ladder racking.
Grounding and bonding.
Backboards.
Frame mounted termination blocks.
Frame mounted ring.
RELATED SECTIONS
Division 27, Section 270500 – Common Work Results for Communications
Division 27, Section 270526 – Grounding and Bonding for Communications Systems
Division 27, Section 270543 – Underground Ducts and Raceway for Communications
Systems
Division 27, Section 271100 – Communications Equipment Room Fittings
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s instructions for storage, handling, protection,
examination, preparation, operation, and installation of products. Include application
conditions or limitations of use stipulated by any product testing agency. Submit for the
following:
MAIN EQPT ROOMS AND ENTRANCE FACILITIES
Version 12DEC2007
271102 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Shop Drawings:
1.
2.
1.5
A.
1.6
A.
Entrance facility terminals.
Surge protection modules.
Distribution frames.
Steel ladder racking.
Component List: List manufacturer, part number, and quantity of each component.
Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of equipment rooms, labeling each
individual component. Show equipment rack assemblies, method of field assembly,
workspace requirements, and access for cable connections.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Source Limitations: Obtain units of the same type of equipment through one source from a
single manufacturer.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.
2.
3.
Surge Protection Modules (10% of those installed)
D-Rings (6 each)
UTP Cross Connects: 1 Spool each Red/White, Blue/White
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1.
2.2
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited
to, manufacturers specified.
RACKS AND CABINETS
Cabinets shall have vented sides and back panels.
MAIN EQPT ROOMS AND ENTRANCE FACILITIES
Version 12DEC2007
271102 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B.
Cabinets shall be 24 inches (610 mm) wide, 36 inches (914 mm) deep and 88 inches
(2235 mm) high (Unless otherwise noted in Contract Documents or Drawings).
C.
Equip each cabinet with fan capable of providing 450 CFM (212.4 L/s) of air movement.
D.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.3
Hoffman
APW
Chatsworth Products Inc.
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
ENTRANCE FACILITY TERMINALS
A.
Entrance facility terminal shall protect up to 100 lines (pairs).
B.
Dimensions shall be 4 inches (102 mm) wide by 24 inches (610 mm) high by 3-15/16 inches
(100 mm) deep.
C.
Input stub (tip) cable shall be #26 AWG shielded cable. Field verify actual stub length in
field.
D.
Input stub shall serve as internal fuse link.
E.
Input stub shall be equipped with a heavy-duty strain relief and encapsulated cable
connector.
F.
Output stub cable shall be #24 AWG shielded cable. Field verify actual stub length in field.
G.
Wall or frame mountable.
H.
Shall accommodate industry standard 5-pin protection modules.
I.
Plastic components shall meet or exceed specifications set forth in UL 497.
J.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.4
Circa
Porta System
Reliable Marconi
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
SURGE PROTECTION MODULES
MAIN EQPT ROOMS AND ENTRANCE FACILITIES
Version 12DEC2007
271102 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A.
Five pin, 3 element gas type protection modules.
B.
Module shall provide true balanced operation.
C.
Over voltage on either side shall cause the entire tube to ionize to provide a simultaneous
path to ground for both sides of the circuit.
D.
Shall be UL 497 listed.
E.
Ground pin shall be tin.
F.
Tip and Ring pins shall be gold alloy.
G.
Module Color: Black.
H.
Nominal DC breakdown shall be 350 V/ at 100 V/ȝsec.
I.
Impulse breakdown voltage shall be 700 A at 100 V/ȝsec and 150 A at 1KV/ȝsec.
J.
DC holding current shall be 135 V for less than 150 ms.
K.
Surge life (min. operations) shall be as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
At 10 A, 10 x 1000 ȝsec: Greater than 3000.
At 100 A, 10 x 1000 ȝsec: Greater than 300.
At 10 kA, 8 x 20 ȝsec: Greater than 10.
At 20 kA, 8 x 20 ȝsec: Greater than 1.
At 65 Arms, 11 cycles, 130 A total: Greater than 1.
At 10 Arms, 1 sec, 20 A total: Greater than 10.
L.
Capacitance shall be less than 1 pf for 1 Vrms at 1 Khz, 50 VDC.
M.
Insulation resistance shall be greater than 100 M ohms at 50 VDC.
N.
Fail safe operation shall be as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
O.
At 1.0 A: Less than 50 sec.
At 5.0 A: Less than 15 sec.
At 20 A: Less than 10 sec.
At 60 A: Less than 3 sec.
Current limiters shall be as follows:
1.
2.
Hold Current (ma) at 20 C: 145.
R min/max ohms: 3/6.
MAIN EQPT ROOMS AND ENTRANCE FACILITIES
Version 12DEC2007
271102 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
P.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.5
Circa
Porta System
Reliable Marconi
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
RACK OR WALL MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION FRAMES
A.
300-Pair 110 Blocks.
B.
50-Pair 66 Blocks.
C.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.6
Commscope
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
GROUNDING AND BONDING
A.
Materials: Comply with NFPA 70, TIA/EIA-607, and UL 467.
B.
See drawing package for additional requirements.
C.
Comply with manufacturer’s grounding requirements.
2.7
A.
2.8
A.
BACKBOARDS
Plywood backboards will be provided by others unless stated otherwise in the Contract
Documents and/or Drawings. All walls within a TR will be required to be covered with ¾”
AC rated plywood. Plywood may either be fire treated (stamp must remain visible if
painted) or painted with two coats of fire retardant paint to match room color. Sheets must
be installed lengthwise originating 6 inches above finished floor height.
DISTRIBUTION RINGS
Provide open end distribution rings for wall mounted cross-connect fields above wall
mounted blocks. Provide 2 rings per vertical row.
MAIN EQPT ROOMS AND ENTRANCE FACILITIES
Version 12DEC2007
271102 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Cooper B-Line
Chatsworth
Senior Industries
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
ENTRANCE FACILITY TERMINALS
A.
Shall be wall mounted.
B.
Field verify actual length required for input and output stubs.
C.
If scope of Work does not include splicing of tip cable to feed cable, provide clear labeling
at splice end of tip cable referencing rack, row, and block information. Coordinate with
Owner.
D.
Terminate output stub to appropriate block on distribution frame. Coordinate with Owner.
E.
Install #6 AWG grounding wire as straight as possible from terminal to grounding bar.
3.2
A.
3.3
SURGE PROTECTION MODULES
Protect all pairs entering building.
LADDER RACKING
A.
Install ladder rack and associated mounting hardware in accordance with manufacturer’s
written instructions and in a manner that will allow rack to support its maximum rated load.
B.
Secure ladder rack to relay rack when ladder rack and the top of the relay rack are at the
same height and as additionally required by Drawings and by field conditions.
3.4
GROUNDING AND BONDING
A.
Comply with Division 27, Section 270526 Grounding and Bonding Communications
Systems
B.
See drawing package for additional requirements.
MAIN EQPT ROOMS AND ENTRANCE FACILITIES
Version 12DEC2007
271102 - 6
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
C.
3.5
Comply with manufacturer’s grounding requirements.
BACKBOARDS
A.
Use full sheet of plywood attached to wall attached to a minimum of two separate studs.
Paint plywood to match room color. In telecom rooms, install plywood vertically on all four
walls a minimum of 6 inches above finished floor and 6 inches away from all corners.
B.
Verify existing wall construction and submit proposed attachment methods for CNM ITS
approval.
END OF SECTION 271102
MAIN EQPT ROOMS AND ENTRANCE FACILITIES
Version 12DEC2007
271102 - 7
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271107 – TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM FINISHES
PART 1 - GENERAL
The Contractor is held responsible to be familiar with the provisions contained herein and with other
Sections of this Specification as applicable to the completion of the installation.
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies, and
materials unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations recognized
as necessary for the installation, termination, and labeling of all telecommunications
infrastructure as described on the Drawings and/or required by these specifications.
1.2 COMMUNICATION SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
Division 27, Section 270526 Grounding and Bonding for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271513 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
1.3 INTENT OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. These Specifications, together with the Drawings accompanying them, are intended to depict
the installation requirements necessary to support this Project. Contractor shall furnish
materials shown and/or called for on the Drawings but not mentioned in the Specifications, or
vice versa, that are necessary for the installation and support of communications cabling,
whether or not specifically called for in both. In addition, Contractor shall provide incidental
equipment and materials required for the completion of systems included in this contract
whether or not specified or shown on the Drawings.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For features, ratings, and performance of each component specified.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM FINISHES
Version 12DEC2007
271107 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B.
Submit manufacturer’s instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination,
preparation, operation, and installation of products. Include application conditions or
limitations of use stipulated by any product testing agency. Submit for the following:
1.
C.
Cable supports and ladder racks.
Shop Drawings:
1. Component List: List manufacturer, part number, and quantity of each component.
Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of equipment rooms, labeling each individual
component.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT STANDARDS
A. All materials shall conform with the current applicable industry standards including, but not
limited to:
1. NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers' Association)
2. ANSI (American National Standards Institute)
3. ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials)
4. ICEA (Insulated Cable Engineers Association)
5. IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers)
6. National Electrical Safety Code
B. In addition, all Material shall be Underwriters Laboratories Listed unless otherwise indicated.
C. All products must be new.
2.2 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM PLYWOOD
A. 3/4” fire retardant plywood, grade A-C. If fire retardant plywood is not available, then a
substitute of ¾” plywood, grade A-C painted with two coats of fire retardant paint is also
acceptable. The backboards must be painted to match the room color but the fire rated stamp
must be kept visible for inspection services.
2.3 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM CABLE TRAY
A.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
Hoffman
Cooper B-Line
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM FINISHES
Version 12DEC2007
271107 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
3.
4.
Chatsworth Products Inc.
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM FINISHES
A. New TR’s must be free from dust, dirt, and other foreign materials before the installation of
any termination hardware or the termination of copper or fiber optic cables. The door to the
telecommunication rooms must be permanently installed and closed during termination.
B. Each Contractor shall be knowledgeable of work to be performed by other trades and take
necessary steps to integrate and coordinate their work with other trades.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing all materials on the drawings or as
specified herein for a complete telecommunications system.
D. All surface raceway in new buildings must be approved in advance by CNM ITS.
E. All telecommunications infrastructure shall be installed for optimal performance.
F. All telecommunications infrastructure shall be installed for easy moves, adds, and changes in
the future.
G. All work performed in occupied spaces shall be in a manner that allows the owner to operate
the existing facilities on a continuous basis.
H. All anticipated/planned user outages, including wireless access points, shall be submitted to
the CNM ITS for approval (10) ten working days before starting work.
3.2 BACKBOARDS
A. Install 3/4” fire-retardant plywood vertically on all walls 6 inches above finished floor and 6
inches away from all corners.
B. No mechanical/electrical equipment or conduits shall be installed on or across the plywood or
impair the routing of telecommunication cables.
C. Fire-retardant stamp to be visible or painted with appropriate fire retardant paint to match
existing room color.
3.3 CABLE TRAY
A. Install cable tray around entire perimeter of telecommunications room.
B. Install cable tray above all equipment frames and attach to cable tray around perimeter of
room.
C. Install horizontal cable tray at 7’2” AFF. Contact CNM ITS if there are conflicts in mounting
heights.
D. Install additional horizontal and vertical sections of cable tray on walls where OSP cables,
riser cables, and large bundles of horizontal cables route from conduits entering/exiting the
room.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM FINISHES
Version 12DEC2007
271107 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
E. Horizontal cable tray routed around perimeter of the ER room shall be installed in such a way
that the route for future “unprotected” OSP cabling does not pass through, on, or in front of
the cable tray containing “unprotected” UTP cabling.
3.4 ELECTRICAL OUTLETS
A. Affix engraved plastic legend plates to all electrical outlet covers indicating circuit number
and panel of origin.
B. Electrical outlets designated for UPS units located behind equipment frames shall have
engraved plastic legend plates indicating reading “UPS only” and contain the circuit number,
and panel of origin.
C. Electrical outlets designated for convenience use shall have engraved plastic legend plates
indicating reading “Convenience Only” and contain the circuit number, and panel of origin.
Engraved label to match color of corresponding receptacle.
D. Each circuit serving the telecommunication room shall have a critical circuit tag affixed
adjacent to breaker/switch. Panel schedules/directories shall be labeled to indicate the outlets
within the telecommunications room. A schedule and a room diagram must be posted within
the ER/TR.
E. A labeling scheme for electrical receptacles to ensure all outlets are labeled as to their panel,
panel location, breaker, amps & volts can be found in Section 270553, Identification of
Communication Systems.
F. A labeling scheme for the panels that indicates the receptacle location can be found in Section
270553, Identification of Communication Systems.
G. Drawings may reflect additional outlets for future racks be extended and terminated on the
ceiling above the racks.
H. Outlets for other special systems (audio-visual, security, etc.) to be provided by others.
Service to these systems will NOT be run to the panel dedicated for telecommunications in the
ER/TR. They must be connected to a separate panel outside the room unless noted otherwise.
I. For new construction and remodels locate the sub panel that feeds the ER/TR located
within the ER/TR. Panel must accommodate current circuit capacity plus 50% growth.
J. Distinguish between receptacles intended for essential data equipment (Equipment Outlets)
and non-essential equipment (Convenience Outlets)
1. Rack Equipment Outlets
a. Two duplex 20A, 120V receptacles mounted above each rack location in a single
4x4 box. Each duplex receptacle served by a dedicated 20A, 120V circuit
independently grounded.
b. One 30A, 208V circuit with L6 receptacle mounted above each rack location in a
single 4x4 box independently grounded.
c. A dedicated electrical conduit must be provided for each rack location. Circuits
may share the same conduit for each rack location. Minimum Conduit size 1" (in
case circuits need to be added)
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM FINISHES
Version 12DEC2007
271107 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2. Convenience Outlets:
a. Each wall shall be provisioned with a minimum of two duplex 20A, 120V
receptacles mounted in a singlegang box with dedicated 3/4" conduit to panel.
Each duplex receptacle served by a dedicated 20A, 120V circuit independently
grounded. Receptacle to be Gray in color with stainless steel cover.
END OF SECTION 271107
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM FINISHES
Version 12DEC2007
271107 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271119 – COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND
PATCH PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies, materials,
and testing unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations recognized
as necessary for the installation, termination, and labeling of termination blocks and patch
panels as described on the drawings and/or required by these specifications.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271513 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For features, ratings, and performance of each component specified.
B.
Submit manufacturer’s instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination,
preparation, operation, and installation of products. Include application conditions or
limitations of use stipulated by any product testing agency. Submit for the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
110 Blocks.
Patch Panels.
Wall mount bracket.
Wire management.
Fiber Enclosures.
Shop Drawings:
1.
Component List: List manufacturer, part number, and quantity of each component.
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS
Version 12DEC2007
271119 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2.
Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of equipment rooms, labeling each
individual component. Show equipment rack assemblies, method of field assembly,
workspace requirements, and access for cable connections.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer Qualifications: ISO 9001 Certified, for components that are required to have
submittals provided as part of this Section.
B.
Installer Qualifications:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A firm currently engaged and which has been continuously engaged for the past 5
years in the installation of low voltage applications of type required for this Project,
and which is licensed in and has obtained or will obtain the necessary permits to
perform telecommunications installations in jurisdiction where Project is located.
Have a BICSI certified RCDD locally on staff
Provide references of the type of installation provided in this specification.
Have personnel knowledgeable in local, state, and national codes and the latest TIA
Telecommunications Standards and Manufacturer’s recommendations.
Have personnel fluent in the use of AutoCAD version 2002 or later and possess and
operate CAD software capable of producing .DWG or .DXF format.
C.
Source Limitations: Obtain units of the same type of equipment through one source from a
single manufacturer.
D.
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
equipment, accessories, and components and are based on the specific system indicated.
Refer to Division 01 Section “Product Requirements.”
1.
E.
Do not modify intended aesthetic effects or performance, as judged solely by
Architect, except with Architect’s approval. If modifications are proposed, submit
comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.
Materials and labor shall comply with applicable requirements of following standards, using
latest version of associated appendices and Technical Service Bulletins at the time of award
of the Contract;
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EIA/TIA-568.
EIA/TIA-569.
EIA/TIA-606.
EIA/TIA-607.
Underwriter’s Laboratory.
FCC (including CFR 47 and Part 68 – Subpart F).
National Electric Code.
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS
Version 12DEC2007
271119 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
8.
9.
10.
11.
Local and State Codes.
ISO/I/EC 11801.
IEC 1000-5-2.
IEC 60603-7.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 110 BLOCKS
A. 110 Termination Blocks for Copper Riser Cables
1.
2.
3.
4.
110 Block
5-pair 110 Connecting Blocks
Designation Label Holder
110 Designation Labels
B. 110 Termination Blocks for Copper Horizontal Cables
1. Field termination kit
2. Field termination kit includes wiring block, (5) 4-pair connector blocks and (1) 5-pair
connector block for each 25 pair wiring strip, and labels.
C. Approved Manufacturers:
12.
13.
14.
15.
Commscope
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
2.2 PATCH PANELS
A. Where Category 6 cabling is required:
1. Category 6, T568B wired patch panel, with 48 ports.
B. Approved Manufacturers:
16.
17.
18.
19.
Commscope
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS
Version 12DEC2007
271119 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2.3 WALL MOUNT BRACKET FOR PATCH PANELS
A. Wall mounted bracket must be designed to work with manufacturer patch panel.
B. Must be swing out style with reversible hinge
C. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Hoffman
Cooper B-Line
APW
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
2.4 WIRE MANAGEMENT FOR EQUIPMENT FRAMES
A. Horizontal Wire Management for copper
1. Provide 2U high horizontal wire management with covers.
B. Vertical Wire Management for copper
1. Provide 4” W x 6” D vertical wire management with covers on the front and back and on
either side of each equipment rack.
2. Bracket kit required for wire management between adjacent frames
C. Horizontal Fiber Management Panel for fiber
1. Provide 2U high horizontal wire management with covers.
D. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Panduit
Cooper B-Line
Chatsworth
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
2.5 FIBER ENCLOSURES
A. Wall Mounted Fiber Enclosures
1. Must accept 6 port adapters
B. Frame Mounted Fiber Enclosures for Riser and Horizontal Fiber
1. Must accept 6-port adapters
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS
Version 12DEC2007
271119 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
C. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
Commscope
2.
3.
4.
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 110-BLOCK INSTALLATION
A. The ER and TR shall contain wiring blocks as required to terminate all incoming pairs and all
outgoing pairs to all TRs.
B. Locate telephone wiring blocks on fire-treated plywood backboards as specified on the
Drawings or as specified herein.
C. ER block labeling for riser cables shall designate the corresponding destination TR wiring
block.
D. ER/TR terminal boards shall be equipped with closed “D” rings for horizontal and vertical
wire management as directed by CNM ITS.
E. Horizontally separate 110 blocks 12” apart for horizontal cable by floor. Start 110 blocks 6”
from the top of the backboard. In the ER, horizontally separate 110 blocks 12” away from
entrance protectors. If entrance protectors are not installed, leave enough space as specified
above (protector dimension= 14.75” width by 11” height).
F. Horizontal cables shall enter new 110 blocks from the left side. Cables shall not be routed
behind 110 blocks. In cases where existing cables have been routed behind the 110 blocks,
contact CNM ITS before proceeding with new cable installation.
G. Telecommunication rooms feeding multiple floors
1. Install 110 blocks for each floor in a separate vertical row with each row separated 12”
apart horizontally.
3.2 PATCH PANEL INSTALLATION
A. Each ER/TR shall contain patch panels as required to terminate all pairs on its respective floor
or floors served.
B. Locate patch panels in 19” equipment frames as specified on the Drawings or as specified
herein.
C. Patch panels and wire management to be mounted in equipment frames no higher than 6’- 0”
A.F.F. and no lower than 3’-6” (42”) A.F.F.
D. Alternate patch panels with horizontal wire management panels in equipment frame. CNM
ITS to furnish final layout sketch after final confirmed jack count is furnished by Contractor.
E. Where additional equipment frames are required, separate the frames using one vertical cable
manager.
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS
Version 12DEC2007
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
F. Include vertical cable manager on both sides of equipment rack and on front and back.
G. Patch panels for buildings with a TR too small for an equipment frame shall utilize wall
mountable brackets to mount the horizontal wire management and patch panels.
3.3 FIBER PANEL INSTALLATION
A. Wall Mounted Installations
1. Mount fiber enclosures on the wall adjacent or next to equipment frame where applicable.
Verify WIC box use and location with CNM ITS unless otherwise shown on the drawings.
2. Enclosures for multimode fiber to be complete with multimode SC connector panels.
3. Enclosures for single-mode fiber to be complete with single-mode SC connector panels.
4. Wall mounted fiber enclosure installations are only to be used when the
telecommunications room does not have adequate space for an equipment frame.
B. Equipment Frame Installations
1. Install frame mounted fiber enclosures at the top of the equipment frames where
applicable. Verify frame mounted fiber enclosure use and location with CNM ITS unless
otherwise shown on the drawings.
2. Install horizontal fiber management panel for every frame mounted fiber enclosure used.
Alternate fiber enclosure panels with the fiber management panels.
3. Allow 8 inches at the top of the mountable portion of the ER equipment frame when OSP
fiber has not yet been installed.
4. Enclosures for multimode fiber to utilize 6-port duplex SC style MM panels per 12-strand
multimode fiber. Enclosures for singlemode fiber to utilize 6-port duplex SC style SM
panels per 12-strand single-mode fiber. Single-mode fiber to be installed on the left side of
all panels while multimode fiber is to be installed on the right hand side of the panels.
Verify frame mounted fiber enclosure layout with CNM ITS unless otherwise shown on
the drawings.
5. In the TRs, install:
a. Horizontal fiber wire management at the top of the equipment frame.
b. Enclosures for multimode fiber to utilize 6-port duplex SC style MM panels per 12strand multimode fiber. Enclosures for single-mode fiber to utilize 6-port duplex SC
style SM panels per 12-strand single-mode fiber. Single-mode fiber to be installed on
the left side of all panels while multimode fiber is to be installed on the right hand side
of the panels.
6. Owner shall provide location for mounting enclosures if not shown on drawings.
7. Typically, multimode fiber is terminated in enclosures in every telecommunications room.
Single-mode fiber is always terminated in a rack mounted panel in every
telecommunications room unless an equipment frame is not present within the room.
END OF SECTION 271119
COMMUNICATIONS TERMINATION BLOCKS AND PATCH PANELS
Version 12DEC2007
271119 - 6
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271300 - COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.3
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
1.4
Pathways.
UTP cable.
Multimode optical fiber cabling.
Singlemode optical fiber cabling.
Coaxial cable.
Cable connecting hardware, patch panels, and cross-connects.
Cabling identification products.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271513 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
DEFINITIONS
A.
BICSI: Building Industry Consulting Service International.
B.
Cross-Connect:
A facility enabling the termination of cable elements and their
interconnection or cross-connection.
C.
EMI: Electromagnetic interference.
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
D.
IDC: Insulation displacement connector.
E.
LAN: Local area network.
F.
RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer.
G.
UTP: Unshielded twisted pair.
1.5
BACKBONE CABLING DESCRIPTION
A.
Backbone cabling system shall provide interconnections between communications
equipment rooms, main terminal space, and entrance facilities in the telecommunications
cabling system structure. Cabling system consists of backbone cables, intermediate and
main cross-connects, mechanical terminations, and patch cords or jumpers used for
backbone-to-backbone cross-connection.
B.
Backbone cabling cross-connects may be located in communications equipment rooms or at
entrance facilities. Bridged taps and splitters shall not be used as part of backbone cabling.
1.6
A.
1.7
A.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
General Performance: Backbone cabling system shall comply with transmission standards
in TIA/EIA-568-B.1, when tested according to test procedures of this standard.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1.
For coaxial cable, include the following installation data for each type used:
a.
b.
c.
B.
Nominal OD.
Minimum bending radius.
Maximum pulling tension.
Shop Drawings:
1.
2.
3.
4.
System Labeling Schedules: Electronic copy of labeling schedules, in software and
format selected by Owner.
System Labeling Schedules: Electronic copy of labeling schedules that are part of the
cabling and asset identification system of the software.
Cabling administration drawings and printouts.
Wiring diagrams to show typical wiring schematics including the following:
a.
b.
Cross-connects.
Patch panels.
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
c.
5.
6.
Cross-connects and patch panels. Detail mounting assemblies, and show elevations
and physical relationship between the installed components.
Cable tray layout, showing cable tray route to scale, with relationship between the tray
and adjacent structural, electrical, and mechanical elements. Include the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
C.
1.8
A.
Patch cords.
Vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions.
Clearances for access above and to side of cable trays.
Vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure.
Load calculations to show dead and live loads as not exceeding manufacturer's
rating for tray and its support elements.
Qualification Data:
inspector.
For qualified layout technician, installation supervisor, and field
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Cabling Installer must have personnel certified by BICSI on staff.
1.
2.
3.
Layout Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings and Cabling Administration
Drawings and field testing program development by an RCDD.
Installation Supervision: Installation shall be under the direct supervision of
Registered Technician, who shall be present at all times when Work of this Section is
performed at Project site.
Testing Supervisor: Currently certified by BICSI as an RCDD to supervise on-site
testing.
B.
The Contractor shall be a Certified Cable Installer, with the capability of providing a
manufacturer’s certification of not less than 25 years as a minimum, for the low-voltage
cabling and associated termination equipment.
C.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
D.
Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces: Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A.
E.
Grounding: Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A.
1.9
A.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Test cables upon receipt at Project site.
1.
Test optical fiber cable to determine the continuity of the strand end to end.
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2.
3.
1.10
A.
1.11
A.
1.12
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install cables and connecting materials until
plumbing in spaces is complete and dry, and temporary HVAC system is operating and
maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the
remainder of the construction period.
COORDINATION
Coordinate layout and installation of telecommunications pathways and cabling with
Owner's telecommunications and LAN equipment and service suppliers.
SOFTWARE
1.
2.
3.
1.13
A.
Test optical fiber cable while on reels. Use an optical time domain reflectometer to
verify the cable length and locate cable defects, splices, and connector, including the
loss value of each. Retain test data and include the record in maintenance data.
Test each pair of UTP cable for open and short circuits.
Any software provided to CNM ITS is to be provided in the original packaging along
with any instruction booklets.
Software associated with test equipment used to open native files must be provided as
a deliverable if the test results. No test results will be provided in hard copy unless
stated otherwise.
Software required to view contractor created drawings or sketches (AutoCAD, Visio,
etc.) must be provided when the electronic files are submitted on CD or DVD. This
applies to viewer software only such as VoloView, etc.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.
2.
Patch-Panel Units: Equal to 10% of the installed type rounded up.
Connecting Blocks: Equal to 10% of the installed type rounded up.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PATHWAYS
A.
General Requirements: Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A.
B.
Cable Support: NRTL labeled for support of Category 6 cabling, designed to prevent
degradation of cable performance and pinch points that could damage cable.
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1.
2.
3.
C.
Support brackets with cable tie slots for fastening Velcro ties to brackets.
Spools, J-hooks, and D-rings.
Straps and other devices.
Cable Trays:
1.
Approved Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
Cable Tray Material: Metal, suitable for indoors, and protected against corrosion.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
D.
A.
Basket Cable Trays: Minimum dimensions given as 6 inches (150 mm) wide and
2 inches (50 mm) deep. Wire mesh spacing shall not exceed 2 by 4 inches (50
by 100 mm).
Trough Cable Trays: Minimum dimensions given as nominally 6 inches (150
mm) wide.
Ladder Cable Trays: Minimum dimensions given as nominally 12 inches (305
mm) wide, and a rung spacing of 12 inches (305 mm).
Channel Cable Trays: One-piece construction, minimum dimensions given as
nominally 4 inches (100 mm) wide. Slot spacing shall not exceed 4-1/2 inches
(115 mm) o.c.
Solid-Bottom Cable Trays: One-piece construction, minimum dimensions given
as nominally 12 inches (305 mm) wide. Provide without solid covers.
Conduit and Boxes: Comply with requirements in Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways
for Communication Systems and Section 270500 Common Work Results for
Communications Flexible metal conduit shall not be used.
1.
2.2
Cablofil
Cooper B-Line
Chatsworth Products Inc.
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
Outlet boxes shall be no smaller than 4 inches (100 mm) wide, 4 inches (100 mm)
high, and 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) deep.
UTP CABLE
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Commscope
Berktek
Essex
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B.
Description: 100-ohm, 25-pair UTP, covered with a thermoplastic jacket.
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.3
A.
Comply with ICEA S-90-661 for mechanical properties.
Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.1 for performance specifications.
Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.2, Category 6.
Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as
complying with UL 444 and NFPA 70 for the following types:
a.
Communications, Plenum Rated: Type CMP, complying with NFPA 262.
b.
Multipurpose, Plenum Rated: Type MPP, complying with NFPA 262.
UTP CABLE HARDWARE
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Commscope
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
B.
General Requirements for Cable Connecting Hardware: Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.2,
IDC type, with modules designed for punch-down caps or tools. Cables shall be terminated
with connecting hardware of same category or higher.
C.
Connecting Blocks: 110-style IDC for Category 6. Provide blocks for the number of cables
terminated on the block, plus 25 percent spare. Integral with connector bodies, including
plugs and jacks where indicated.
D.
Cross-Connect: Modular array of connecting blocks arranged to terminate building cables
and permit interconnection between cables.
1.
E.
Patch Panel: Modular panels housing multiple-numbered jack units with IDC-type
connectors at each jack for permanent termination of pair groups of installed cables.
1.
F.
2.4
A.
Number of Terminals per Field. One for each conductor in assigned cables.
Number of Jacks per Field: One for each four-pair conductor group of indicated
cables, plus spares and blank positions adequate to suit specified expansion criteria.
Jacks and Jack Assemblies: Modular, color-coded, eight-position modular receptacle units
with integral IDC-type terminals.
CATEGORY 6 PATCH CORDS
Shall be round, and consist of 8 insulated 24 AWG stranded copper conductors arranged in 4
color-coded twisted-pairs within flame-retardant jacket.
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 6
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B.
Be equipped with modular 8-position plugs on both ends, wired straight through with
standards compliant wiring.
C.
Use modular plugs, which exceed FCC CFR 47 Part 68 Subpart F and IEC 60603-7
specifications, and have 50 microinches (0.0013 mm) minimum of gold plating over nickel
contacts.
D.
Be resistant to corrosion from humidity, extreme temperatures, and airborne contaminants.
E.
Utilize cable that exhibits power sum NEXT performance.
F.
Be available in several colors with or without color strain relief boots providing snagless
design.
G.
Meet flex test requirements of 1000 cycles with boot5s and 100 cycles without boots.
H.
Be available in any custom length and standard lengths of 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, and 25 feet (.9,
1.5, 2.1, 3, 4.6, 6.1, and 7.6 m).
I.
Be made by ISO 9001 certified manufacturer.
J.
Electrical Specifications:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Input Impedance Without Averaging: 100 ohms plus or minus 15 percent from 1 to
100 MHz.
One hundred percent transmission tested for performance up to 100 MHz.
Manufacturer shall guarantee cords are compatible with Category 6 links.
Utilize cable that is UL verified (or equivalent) for TIA/EIA proposed Category 6
electrical performance.
UL listed 1863.
K.
Horizontal Workstation Colors:
1.
All horizontal cabling will consist of Plenum rated cable regardless of Plenum
environment and will be Blue in color.
L.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.5
A.
Commscope
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
OPTICAL FIBER CABLE HARDWARE
Approved Manufacturers:
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 7
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Cross-Connects and Patch Panels:
cable connectors.
1.
C.
Modular panels housing multiple-numbered, duplex
Number of Connectors per Field: One for each fiber of cable or cables assigned to
field, plus spares and blank positions adequate to suit specified expansion criteria.
Cable Connecting Hardware:
1.
2.
2.6
Commscope
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
Comply with Optical Fiber Connector Intermateability Standards (FOCIS)
specifications of TIA/EIA-604-2, TIA/EIA-604-3-A, and TIA/EIA-604-12. Comply
with TIA/EIA-568-B.3.
Quick-connect, simplex and duplex, Type SC, Type ST, Type LC, Type MT-RJ
connectors. Insertion loss not more than 0.75 dB. Contact CNM ITS for required type
of connector for the project.
OPTICAL FIBER PATCH CORDS – MULTIMODE
A.
Shall be available in standard lengths of 3.6, 10, and 16.4 feet (1, 3, and 5 meters), custom
lengths shall also be available, and shall meet or exceed standards as defined in
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 and ISO/IEC 11801.
B.
Utilize duplex optical fiber cable that is 62.5/125 or 50/125 micron multimode, OFNR riser
grade, and meets the requirements of UL 1666.
C.
Utilize optical fiber cable where the attenuation shall not exceed 3.5 dB/km at 850 nm
wavelength or 1.0 dB/km at 1300 nm.
D.
Cable Jacket Color:
1.
2.
62.5/125: Orange.
50/125: Aqua.
E.
Be equipped with SC type in accordance with TIA/EIA-568 and must include a ceramic
ferrule.
F.
Have terminated connectors exhibit maximum insertion loss of 0.25 dB with average of 0.20
dB or better when tested at either 850 nm or 1300 nm wavelengths for 62/125 um.
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 8
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
G.
Have terminated connectors exhibit maximum insertion loss of 0.25 dB with average of 0.20
dB or better when tested at either 850 nm or 1300 nm wavelengths for 50/125 um.
H.
Have average return loss of 2.5 dB with minimum return loss of 2.0 dB at both 850 nm and
1300 nm.
I.
Be made by ISO 9001 certified manufacturer.
J.
Be UL 1666 approved.
K.
Shall be duplex fiber cable meeting or exceeding transmission characteristics of optical fiber
horizontal cable.
L.
Connectors shall be duplex T568SC, as indicated on Drawings or equipment schedules.
1.
M.
Following configurations may be required:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
N.
SC type/SC type
ST type/SC type
ST Type/LC Type
SC Type/LC Type
ST Type/ST Type
LC Type/LC Type
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.7
Jacket Color: Orange.
Quiktron
Commscope
OCC
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
OPTICAL FIBER PATCH CORDS – SINGLE MODE
A.
Available in standard lengths of 3, 6, 10, and 16.4 feet (1, 2, 3, and 5 meters), custom
lengths shall also be available, and shall meet or exceed standards as defined in
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 and ISO/IEC 11801.
B.
Be either simplex or duplex OFNR riser grade cable, with attenuation at wavelength 1310
nm being 1.0 dB/km and at wavelength 1550 nm 1.0 db/km.
C.
Jacket Color: Yellow.
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 9
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
D.
Connectors shall be SC type in accordance with TIA/EIA-568 and must include a ceramic
ferrule.
E.
Terminated connectors shall exhibit a maximum insertion loss of 0.50 db with an average of
0.25 dB when tested at either 1310 nm or 1660 nm wavelengths for singlemode fiber.
F.
Have average return loss of 53 db with minimum return loss of 40 dB at both 1310 and 1550
nm.
G.
Be made by ISO 9002 certified manufacturer.
H.
Be UL 1666 approved.
I.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.8
A.
Quiktron
Commscope
OCC
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
COAXIAL CABLE
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Belden
Commscope
General
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
B.
General Coaxial Cable Requirements:
Broadband type, recommended by cable
manufacturer specifically for broadband data transmission applications. Coaxial cable and
accessories shall have 75-ohm nominal impedance with a return loss of 20 dB maximum
from 7 to 806 MHz.
C.
RG-11/U: NFPA 70, Type CMP.
1.
2.
3.
4.
No. 14 AWG, solid, copper-covered steel conductor.
Gas-injected, foam-PE insulation.
Double shielded with 100 percent aluminum polyester tape and 60 percent aluminum
braid.
Plenum rated.
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 10
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
5.
D.
RG59/U: NFPA 70, Type CMP.
1.
2.
3.
4.
E.
3.
4.
3.
2.
3.
A.
No. 20 AWG, solid, copper-covered steel conductor; foam fluorinated ethylene
propylene insulation.
Double shielded with 100 percent aluminum-foil shield and 65 percent aluminum
braid.
Plenum rated.
NFPA and UL compliance, listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction as complying with UL 1655 and with NFPA 70, "Radio and Television
Equipment" and "Community Antenna Television and Radio Distribution" Articles. Types
are as follows:
1.
2.9
No. 20 AWG, solid, copper-covered steel conductor; gas-injected, foam-PE insulation.
Double shielded with 100 percent aluminum polyester tape and 40 percent aluminum
braid.
Plenum rated.
RG59/U (Plenum Rated): NFPA 70, Type CMP.
1.
H.
No. 16 AWG, solid, copper-covered steel conductor; gas-injected, foam-PE insulation.
Double shielded with 100 percent aluminum-foil shield and 60 percent aluminum
braid.
Plenum rated.
Suitable for indoor installations.
RG59/U: NFPA 70, Type CATV.
1.
2.
G.
No. 20 AWG, solid, silver-plated, copper-covered steel conductor.
Gas-injected, foam-PE insulation.
Triple shielded with 100 percent aluminum polyester tape and 95 percent aluminum
braid; covered by aluminum foil with grounding strip.
Plenum Rated.
RG-6/U: NFPA 70, Type CMP.
1.
2.
F.
Suitable for outdoor installations in ambient temperatures ranging from minus 40 to
plus 85 deg C.
CATV Plenum Rated: Type CATVP, complying with NFPA 262.
COAXIAL CABLE HARDWARE
Approved Manufacturers:
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 11
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
2.10
Ideal
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
Coaxial-Cable Connectors: Type BNC or ‘F’ Type, 75 ohms.
GROUNDING
A.
Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical
Systems." for grounding conductors and connectors.
B.
Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A.
2.11
A.
2.12
IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
Comply with TIA/EIA-606-A and UL 969 for a system of labeling materials, including label
stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers.
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to evaluate cables.
B.
Factory test cables on reels according to TIA/EIA-568-B.1.
C.
Factory test UTP cables according to TIA/EIA-568-B.2.
D.
Factory test multimode optical fiber cables according to TIA/EIA-526-14-A and TIA/EIA568-B.3.
E.
Cable will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
F.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A.
3.2
ENTRANCE FACILITIES
Coordinate backbone cabling with the protectors and demarcation point provided by
communications service provider.
WIRING METHODS
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 12
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A.
Wiring Method: Install plenum cables in raceways and cable trays except within consoles,
cabinets, desks, and counters and except in accessible ceiling spaces, in attics, and in
gypsum board partitions where unenclosed wiring method may be used. Conceal raceway
and cables except in unfinished spaces.
1.
2.
Install plenum cable in all spaces, including plenum and non-plenum ceilings or areas.
Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Division 27.
B.
Wiring Method: Conceal conductors and cables in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors
where possible.
C.
Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle and train cables within enclosures. Connect to terminal
points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii.
Provide and use distribution spools.
3.3
INSTALLATION OF PATHWAYS
A.
Cable Trays: Comply with NEMA VE 2 and TIA/EIA-569-A.
B.
Comply with requirements for demarcation point, pathways, cabinets, and racks specified in
Division 27 Section "Communications Equipment Room Fittings." Drawings indicate
general arrangement of pathways and fittings.
C.
Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A for pull-box sizing and length of conduit and number of bends
between pull points.
D.
Comply with requirements in Division 27 for installation of conduits and wireways.
E.
Install manufactured conduit sweeps and long-radius elbows whenever possible.
F.
Pathway Installation in Communications Equipment Rooms:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
G.
3.4
Position conduit ends adjacent to a corner on backboard where a single piece of
plywood is installed, or in the corner of room where multiple sheets of plywood are
installed around perimeter walls of room.
Install cable trays to route cables if conduits cannot be located in these positions.
Secure conduits to backboard when entering room from overhead.
Extend conduits 4 inches (100 mm) above finished floor.
Install metal conduits with grounding bushings and connect with grounding conductor
to grounding system.
Backboards: Install backboards with 96-inch (2440-mm) dimension vertical. Butt adjacent
sheets tightly, and form smooth gap-free corners and joints.
INSTALLATION OF CABLES
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 13
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A.
Comply with NECA 1.
B.
General Requirements for Cabling:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
C.
UTP Cable Installation:
1.
2.
D.
Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.2.
Do not untwist UTP cables more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) from the point of termination
to maintain cable geometry.
Optical Fiber Cable Installation:
1.
2.
E.
Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.1.
Comply with BICSI ITSIM, Ch. 6, "Cable Termination Practices."
Install 110-style IDC termination hardware unless otherwise indicated.
Terminate all conductors; no cable shall contain unterminated elements. Make
terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, cross-connects, and patch panels.
Cables may not be spliced. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30
inches (760 mm) and not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from cabinets, boxes, fittings,
outlets, racks, frames, and terminals.
Install support bars to restrain cables, to prevent straining connections, and to prevent
bending cables to smaller radii than minimums recommended by manufacturer.
Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's
limitations on bending radii, but not less than radii specified in BICSI TDMM,
"Cabling Termination Practices" Chapter.
Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice
cable between termination, tap, or junction points. Remove and discard cable if
damaged during installation and replace it with new cable.
Cold-Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Heat
lamps shall not be used for heating.
In the communications equipment room, install a 10-foot- (3-m-) long service loop on
each end of cable.
Pulling Cable: Comply with BICSI ITSIM, Ch. 4, "Pulling Cable." Monitor cable
pull tensions.
Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.3.
Cable may be terminated on connecting hardware that is rack or cabinet mounted.
Open-Cable Installation:
1.
2.
Install cabling with horizontal and vertical cable guides in telecommunications spaces
with terminating hardware and interconnection equipment.
Suspend UTP cable not in a wireway or pathway, a minimum of 8 inches (200 mm)
above ceilings by cable supports not more than 60 inches (1524 mm) apart.
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 14
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
3.
F.
Installation of Cable Routed Exposed under Raised Floors:
1.
2.
3.
G.
Cable shall not be run through structural members or in contact with pipes, ducts, or
other potentially damaging items.
Install plenum-rated cable only.
Install cabling after the flooring system has been installed in raised floor areas.
Coil cable 6 feet (1800 mm) long not less than 12 inches (300 mm) in diameter below
each feed point.
Outdoor Coaxial Cable Installation:
1.
2.
Install outdoor connections in enclosures complying with NEMA 250, Type 4X.
Install corrosion-resistant connectors with properly designed O-rings to keep out
moisture.
Attach antenna lead-in cable to support structure at intervals not exceeding 36 inches
(915 mm).
H.
Group connecting hardware for cables into separate logical fields.
I.
Separation from EMI Sources:
1.
2.
Comply with BICSI TDMM and TIA/EIA-569-A recommendations for separating
unshielded copper voice and data communication cable from potential EMI sources,
including electrical power lines and equipment.
Separation between open communications cables or cables in nonmetallic raceways
and unshielded power conductors and electrical equipment shall be as follows:
a.
b.
c.
3.
Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 5 inches (127
mm).
Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches
(300 mm).
Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 24 inches (610
mm).
Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and
unshielded power lines or electrical equipment shall be as follows:
a.
b.
c.
Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 2-1/2 inches (64
mm).
Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches
(150 mm).
Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches (300
mm).
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 15
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
4.
Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and power
lines and electrical equipment located in grounded metallic conduits or enclosures
shall be as follows:
a.
b.
c.
5.
6.
3.5
Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: No requirement.
Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 3 inches (76
mm).
Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches (150
mm).
Separation between Communications Cables and Electrical Motors and Transformers,
5 kVA or HP and Larger: A minimum of 48 inches (1200 mm).
Separation between Communications Cables and Fluorescent Fixtures: A minimum of
5 inches (127 mm).
FIRESTOPPING
A.
Comply with requirements in Division 27.
B.
Comply with BICSI TDMM, "Firestopping Systems" Article.
3.6
GROUNDING
A.
Install grounding according to BICSI TDMM, "Grounding, Bonding, and Electrical
Protection" Chapter.
B.
Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A.
C.
Locate grounding bus bar to minimize the length of bonding conductors. Fasten to wall
allowing at least 2-inch (50-mm) clearance behind the grounding bus bar. Connect
grounding bus bar with a minimum No. 4 AWG grounding electrode conductor from
grounding bus bar to suitable electrical building ground.
D.
Bond metallic equipment to the grounding bus bar, using not smaller than No. 6 AWG
equipment grounding conductor.
3.7
A.
IDENTIFICATION
Identify system components, wiring, and cabling complying with TIA/EIA-606-A. Comply
with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for
Electrical Systems."
1.
Color-code cross-connect fields and apply colors to voice and data service backboards,
connections, covers, and labels.
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 16
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B.
Comply with requirements in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting" for painting
backboards. For fire-resistant plywood, do not paint over manufacturer's label.
C.
See Division 27 Section "Communications Horizontal Cabling" for additional identification
requirements. See Evaluations for discussion about TIA/EIA standard as it applies to this
Section. Paint and label colors for equipment identification shall comply with TIA/EIA-606A.
D.
Comply with requirements in Division 27 Section "Communications Horizontal Cabling"
for cable and asset management software.
E.
Cable Schedule: Install in a prominent location in each equipment room and wiring closet.
List incoming and outgoing cables and their designations, origins, and destinations. Protect
with rigid frame and clear plastic cover. Furnish an electronic copy of final comprehensive
schedules for Project.
F.
Cabling Administration Drawings: Show building floor plans with cabling administrationpoint labeling. Identify labeling convention and show labels for telecommunications closets,
terminal hardware and positions, horizontal cables, work areas and workstation terminal
positions, grounding buses and pathways, and equipment grounding conductors.
G.
Cable and Wire Identification:
1.
2.
3.
Label each cable within 4 inches (100 mm) of each termination and tap, where it is
accessible in a cabinet or junction or outlet box, and elsewhere as indicated.
Each wire connected to building-mounted devices is not required to be numbered at
device if color of wire is consistent with associated wire connected and numbered
within panel or cabinet.
Label each terminal strip and screw terminal in each cabinet, rack, or panel.
a.
b.
4.
H.
Individually number wiring conductors connected to terminal strips and identify
each cable or wiring group being extended from a panel or cabinet to a buildingmounted device with name and number of particular device as shown.
Label each unit and field within distribution racks and frames.
Identification within Connector Fields in Equipment Rooms and Wiring Closets:
Label each connector and each discrete unit of cable-terminating and connecting
hardware. Where similar jacks and plugs are used for both voice and data
communication cabling, use a different color for jacks and plugs of each service.
Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type with printing area and font color that
contrasts with cable jacket color but still complies with requirements in TIA/EIA 606-A, for
the following:
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 17
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1.
3.8
Cables use flexible vinyl or polyester that flexes as cables are bent.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections. Random testing will be performed by CNM ITS during the
testing phase. A confidence factor must be demonstrated prior to system certification by
manufacturer.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
2.
3.
Visually inspect UTP and optical fiber jacket materials for NRTL certification
markings. Inspect cabling terminations in communications equipment rooms for
compliance with color-coding for pin assignments, and inspect cabling connections for
compliance with TIA/EIA-568-B.1.
Visually inspect cable placement, cable termination, grounding and bonding,
equipment and patch cords, and labeling of all components.
Test UTP copper cabling for DC loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent faults, and
polarity between conductors. Test operation of shorting bars in connection blocks.
Test cables after termination but not cross-connection.
a.
4.
Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements in TIA/EIA-568B.2. Perform tests with a tester that complies with performance requirements in
"Test Instruments (Normative)" Annex, complying with measurement accuracy
specified in "Measurement Accuracy (Informative)" Annex. Use only test cords
and adapters that are qualified by test equipment manufacturer for channel or
link test configuration.
Optical Fiber Cable Tests:
a.
b.
Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements in TIA/EIA-568B.1. Use only test cords and adapters that are qualified by test equipment
manufacturer for channel or link test configuration.
Link End-to-End Attenuation Tests:
1)
2)
C.
Horizontal and multimode backbone link measurements: Test at 850 or
1300 nm in 1 direction according to TIA/EIA-526-14-A, Method B, One
Reference Jumper.
Attenuation test results for backbone links shall be less than 2.0 dB.
Attenuation test results shall be less than that calculated according to
equation in TIA/EIA-568-B.1.
Data for each measurement shall be documented. Test results will be maintained in the test
manufacturer native format and provided on CD only along with native reader software.
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 18
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
D.
Remove and replace cabling where test results indicate that they do not comply with
specified requirements.
E.
End-to-end cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
F.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
END OF SECTION 271300
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271300 - 19
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271313 – COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies, materials,
and testing unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations recognized
as necessary for the installation, termination, and labeling of copper backbone infrastructure
as described on the Drawings and/or required by these specifications.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Contractor shall coordinate the work specified in this Section with the work in other parts of
the Contract document.
B. Plans in general are diagrammatic. It is the full responsibility of the Contractor to be familiar
with the location of equipment involved under the work of other trades to eliminate conflicts
between the multipair copper cable installation and the work of other trades.
C. All questions and issues with regard to coordination shall be directed to the CNM ITS.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. All submittals for substitutions shall be made to the CNM ITS.
B. The Contractor shall submit a Copper cable pulling plan for all multipair copper cables with a
pair count of 25 pairs or greater, that includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1. Each cable run and route.
2. Date and duration of the pull.
3. Pulling methodology and equipment setups.
4. Pulling tension calculations for each pull in the run.
5. Safety issues and precautions to be taken.
1.5 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Intent of Specifications:
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271313 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1. Where specified only by reference standards, select any product meeting standards by any
manufacturer.
2. Where specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any product and
manufacturer named that meets the specified requirements. Other products and
manufacturers will not be considered.
3. Where specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers, but indicating "or
equivalent" after specified listing, the specified product is the preferred quality standard.
The Contractor may submit a request for another product for acceptance.
4. Where specified by naming only one product and manufacturer: There is no option and no
substitution will be allowed.
B. Submit requests for substitutions within 10 days of contract award, or sooner if required to
maintain the construction schedule.
C. The Contractor must submit sufficient information to show that a proposed substitute is
equivalent to the item specified. Acceptance of substitutions is at CNM ITS discretion: the
CNM ITS reserves the right to determine suitability of the substitute product and reject any
and all materials submitted for substitution. All substitute products and materials must be
approved for substitution by the CNM ITS in writing prior to installation. Products rejected or
otherwise judged unsatisfactory by the CNM ITS will not be authorized for use in completing
the Work. Any unapproved products discovered as part of the installation will be removed and
replaced with CNM ITS specified and approved products at the Contractor’s expense.
D. Project Drawings may be based on equipment configuration of a particular manufacturer. If a
substitution is approved, the Contractor shall make changes needed to accommodate the
substitution at no expense to CNM, including work under other divisions.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Verification: The CNM ITS will maintain inspection personnel on the job site. It is incumbent
upon the Contractor to verify that the installation and material used has been inspected before
it is enclosed within building features, or otherwise hidden from view. The Contractor shall
bear costs associated with uncovering or exposing installations or features that have not been
inspected.
B. Equipment Qualifications: The Contractor is to use equipment and rigs designed for pulling,
placement and termination of multipair copper cable; including reel trucks, mechanical mules,
sheaves, shoes, anchors etc., and equipment for drilling masonry, installing anchors, etc., to
install support and cable management hardware.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 COPPER CABLE
A. The cable shall be Bell Specification Filled Aluminum Polyethylene (ALPETH) Sheath cable
with Dual Expanded Polyethylene (DEPIC) Insulated Conductors for aerial cabling.
SEALPIC is to be used for all underground cabling in conduit or direct buried applications.
B. Cable construction shall be as follows:
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271313 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1. Conductor - Solid annealed copper in 24 AWG.
2. Insulation - Dual expanded high density polyethylene (foam skin) with outer skin color
coded in accordance with telephone industry standards.
3. Twisted Pairs – Individual conductors twisted into pairs with varying twists and lay to
minimize crosstalk, and specified color combinations to provide pair identification.
4. Core Assembly – Assembled in units, each individually identified by color coded unit
binders. Prior to the application of the outer sheath, and jacket, the core is completely
filled with filling compound that resists moisture penetration.
5. Filling compound – 80 degrees C. expanded thermal plastic rubber, compatible with most
commercially available encapsulants. Cleaning of conductors is not required (CSI Flexgel
or equivalent).
6. Shielding System – Corrugated 8 mil electrically contiguous aluminum tape applied
longitudinally with overlapped edges over the core wrap. A polyolefin based flooding
compound is applied over the aluminum tape.
7. Jacket – Black, linear low density, high molecular weight polyethylene.
8. Identification and Length Marking – Manufacturer’s cable code pair size, manufacturing
plant location, month and year of manufacture, sequential length markings and telephone
handset symbol are imprinted onto jacket every two feet.
C. Cable Electrical Performance Specifications
1. Average Mutual Capacitance @ 23 +/- 2 degrees C (nF/mile) – 83 +/- 4.
2. Capacitance Unbalance @ 23 +/- 2 degrees C.
D. Maximum pair to pair (pf/kft) – 80; RMS – 25.
3. Pair to Ground Maximum Capacitance, individual pair – 800;
E. Cable average > 13 pair 175.
4. DC Conductor Resistance @ 20 degrees C, individual maximum, (Ohms/kft): 27.3.
5. Resistance Unbalance Maximum average:- 1.5 %, Maximum individual - 5.0%.
6. Minimum Dielectric Strength (kV); conductor to conductor, 1 second – 3.0, 3 seconds to
sheath – 10.
7. Insulation Resistance (MegaOhm per mile) 100-550 VDC for 1 minute. – 1000.
8. Attenuation (dB/kft) 20 degrees C, @ 772 kHz, Maximum average - 7.0.
9. Equal Level Far End Crosstalk (ELFEXT) (dB/kft) @ 772 kHz, Minimum – Mean Power
Sum – 47; Worst Pair Power Sum – 43.
10. Near End Crosstalk – (NEXT) (dB/kft) @772 kHz; Minimum; Mean Power Sum – 47;
Worst Pair Power Sum – 42.
E. The Cable shall be Cable Systems International, 24 AWG Filled Alpeth or approved
Equivalent, Cable Code ANMA.
2.2 PROTECTOR PANELS
A. Circa 1880 series-Type Multipair Protector Panel, with MS² connector input, 110 connector
output, (no substitutions).
1. 25 Pair 110 Block Protector Panel – Circa Product #1880ENP1-25G.
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271313 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2. 50 Pair 110 Block Protector Panel – Circa Product #1880ENP1-50G.
3. 100 Pair 110 Block Protector Panel – Circa Product #1880ECP1-100G.
B. Protector Modules – Circa #C3B1E Individual Protector Units.
1. Circa #C3B1E, Color: Black, (Standard Service), 3-element gas, (no substitutions).
2.3 NODE CONNECTORS
A. Corning C-388-100 (388-00243) Pair Connectors E/W 22 AWG stub shall be used on the
frame at node location. Match connectors blocks, stub orientation, and stub length used at
individual node location. (No substitutions.)
B. Protector Modules – Lucent Individual Protector Units.
1. Lucent Product Number 4B1-EW, Color: Black, (Standard Service) Comcode 104 401856. (No substitutions.)
2.5 SHIELD BOND CONNECTORS
A. 3M Scotchlok 4460 Series Shield Bond Connectors, or equivalent.
2.6 ENCAPSULANT
A. 3M High Gel Reenterable Encapsulant 3M Part Number 4442, or equivalent
2.7 BLOCKING COMPOUND
A. 3M Haplec Blocking Compound 3M Part Number 4408 or equivalent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CABLE INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall submit the cable pulling plan to the CNM ITS prior to commencement of
the operation.
B. The route of multipair copper cable installation is as described herein or as shown on the
Drawings.
C. When breaking out any multipair copper cable of 50 pairs or greater for splicing or
termination, the binder groups shall have PIC color coded cable ties attached to the cable at
the point of fanout from super groups for splicing, and at the point of fanout for termination
on termination blocks.
D. The Contractor shall ensure the cables are pulled into the ducts in a manner observing the
bend radii and tension restrictions of the cable.
E. The Contractor shall use appropriate shoes, guides, wheels and lubricants to prevent damage
to the cable jacket and sheath during installation.
F. Install shield bond connectors to the shields of all cables terminated at the Protector Panels.
G. The Contractor shall apply an appropriate amount of damming compound over the end of
filled copper cables in indoor or dry environments to prevent seepage of cable filling
compounds where encapsulant will not be used.
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271313 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
H. Prior to closure assembly in dry or indoor installations, all exposed cable pairs shall have the
filling compound thoroughly cleaned off the cable insulation using appropriate cleaning
solvents.
I. All pairs spliced shall be tested and all splice-related faults cleared prior to sealing the closure
assembly.
3.2 CABLE TESTING
A. Individually test from both ends of the cable for continuity, power faults, and ground faults.
Correct all shorts, opens, crosses, bad terminations, foreign voltages, grounding problems,
sheath continuity problems, etc..
B. In addition, provide loop resistance measurements in ohms and dB loss at 1KHz and
calculated dB loss at 8KHz and 256KHz on the first pair of each binder group..
C. The CNM ITS is to be notified at least 24 hours prior to testing to allow observation at the
CNM ITS’s discretion. If the CNM ITS confirms his intention to observe, a reasonable
starting time will be agreed upon. Should the CNM ITS not be present at the scheduled
commencement time, the Contractor may begin testing as scheduled.
D. All test results are to be recorded and turned over to the CNM ITS as a deliverable.
E. CNM ITS to approve all test equipment prior to the start of testing. Proof of calibration is
required.
3.3 CABLE AND TERMINATION PANEL LABELING
A. Label the installed cables in accordance with the approved labeling plan and according to
CNM ITS’s instructions
END OF SECTION 271313
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271313 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 27131313 – COMMUNICATIONS COPPER CABLE SPLICING
AND TERMINATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies, materials,
and testing unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations recognized
as necessary for the performance of multipair copper cable splicing as described on the
Drawings and/or required by these specifications.
B. Contractor shall provide hardware for the grounding and bonding of cable and closures and all
associated hardware necessary for the routing and management of communication cable in the
vicinity of splices.
1.2 COORDINATION
A. Contractor shall coordinate the work specified in this Section with the work in other parts of
the Contract document.
B. Plans in general are diagrammatic. It is the full responsibility of the Contractor to be familiar
with the location of equipment involved under the work of other trades to eliminate conflicts
between the copper splicing and the work of other trades.
C. All questions and issues with regard to coordination shall be directed to CNM ITS.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. All submittals shall be made to CNM ITS.
B. Shop drawings shall include manufacturer's printed information with each item. The
information submitted shall include overall dimensions, weights, performance characteristics
and manufactured specification. Shop drawings and Manufacturer's cut sheets where required,
shall be submitted by the Contractor to CNM ITS for review prior to installation.
C. Shop drawings and or manufacturers cut sheets and specification sheets shall be submitted for
approval.
D. Closure Supports, such as Threaded Rod and Channel Trapeze configurations to be fabricated
on the jobsite if required.
1.4 STANDARDS FOR MATERIALS
A. All materials shall conform with the current applicable industry standards including, but not
limited to:
1. NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers' Association)
2. ANSI (American National Standards Institute)
3. ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials)
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER CABLE SPLICING AND TERMINATIONS
Version 12DEC2007
27131313 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
4. ICEA (Insulated Cable Engineers Association)
5. IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers)
6. National Electrical Safety Code
B. In addition, all Material shall be Underwriters Laboratories Listed unless otherwise indicated.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Verification: CNM ITS will maintain inspection personnel on the job site. It is incumbent
upon the Contractor to verify that the installation and material used has been inspected before
it is enclosed within building features, or otherwise hidden from view. The Contractor shall
bear costs associated with uncovering or exposing installations or features that have not been
inspected.
B. Equipment Qualifications: The Contractor is to use equipment and rigs designed for splicing,
preparation and drilling of closure end caps, drilling masonry, installing anchors, etc., to
install the splice supports and cable management hardware.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SLICE CLOSURES
A. The splice closure shall be designed to accommodate the number of cables to be spliced and
allow either butt or through splices with an equal number of cables.
B. The closure shall be a flame retardant closure with the following basic components:
1. The Splice Cover shall be a two-piece reinforced fire resistant plastic or stainless steel
cover with tongue and grove mating slots. The splice cover shall be closed with a snap
catch clamping mechanism with reusable rubber seals, or stainless steel clamps.
2. Flame Retardant End Caps shall provide the means of sealing the ends of the Splice Cover
and securing the cable sheaths. The end caps shall contain a bonding stud for bonding the
bonded shields within the closure to the ground bus.
3. The splice closure shall be designed for multiple reentry.
C. Encapsulant shall not be used in indoor splice closures. Encapsulant shall be used within
splices installed within manholes or handholes as specified by CNM ITS.
D. Splice closures shall be Preformed Stainless Steel, or approved equal.
E. The Contractor shall use the tool kits and splice rigs recommended by the splice closure
manufacturer for the splice closure provided.
2.2 COPPER CABLE SPLICE CONNECTORS
A. The splice connector shall be a modular splicing system with the following features and
specifications.
1. The splice connector shall be compatible with 24 AWG PIC and DEPIC copper
conductors, and 26 AWG protector fuse tails.
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER CABLE SPLICING AND TERMINATIONS
Version 12DEC2007
27131313 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2. The splice connector shall be part of a modular system that includes:
a. Splice connectors.
b. Bridge connectors.
c. Half-tap connectors.
3. The splice connector shall be dry for indoor application and use with 24 AWG PIC
and DEPIC copper conductors, and 26 AWG protector fuse tails.
4. The splice connector shall be filled for use in outdoor applications.
5. The splice connector shall have a capacity of 25 pairs.
6. The splice connector shall be constructed to allow multiple configurations based on a 2 or
3 piece standard assembly.
7. The splice connector shall be 3M Micro Splice (MS2) 4000 Series Splicing Modules, as
appropriate for the closure.
8. For outside applications, the splice connector shall be 3M Micro Splice (MS2), gel-filled
4005 Series Splicing Modules, as appropriate for the closure.
2.3 MULTIPAIR COPPER CABLE IDENTIFICATION TIES
A. The Contractor shall use color coded cable ties included within the Cable Marker Kit for
identifying multi-pair copper cable binder groups within splice closures.
2.4 ENCAPSULANT
A. The Contractor shall inject 3M High Gel Re-enterable Encapsulant in those closures specified
by CNM ITS. 3M Part Number 4442.
2.5 DAMMING COMPOUND
A. The Contractor shall apply damming compound over the end of filled copper cables once they
are fanned out into splice closures intended for dry, indoor environments. 3M Haplec
Blocking Compound, 3M Part Number 4408, or equivalent.
2.6 BONDING CONNECTORS
A. 3M Scotchlok Bonding Connectors, 3M Part Number Series 4460 or equivalent, shall be used
to bond multipair copper cable jackets to appropriate ground.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CABLE SPLICING
A. The Contractor shall configure splice closures for butt splices in manholes or confined spaces
whenever possible. Large numbers of cables may require through splices, or where through
splices are appropriate, such as within Utility Tunnels or large vaults.
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER CABLE SPLICING AND TERMINATIONS
Version 12DEC2007
27131313 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B. The Closure shall be sized to ensure capacity for all pairs to be connectorized with appropriate
splice modules, even if all pairs entering the closure are not to be spliced within the scope of
this Project.
C. All 25-pair binder groups within each cable entering the splice closure are to be connectorized
with splice modules. The Contractor shall use the same type and manufacture of connectors
for all pairs. Splice modules will be installed according to the manufacturer’s specifications.
D. When breaking out any multipair copper cable of 50 pairs or greater for splicing or
termination, the binder groups shall have color coded cable ties attached to the cable at the
point of fanout from super groups for splicing, and at the point of fanout for termination on
termination blocks.
E. The Contractor shall ensure the cables to be spliced are routed into the closure in a manner
observing the bend radii restrictions of the cables being spliced.
F. Install shield bond connectors to the shields of all cables entering the closure and bond to the
grounding lug of the closure prior to sealing the closure assembly.
G. The splice shall be located in an area that will allow future access and reentry. Stagger or
offset the splice closures when more than one closure is installed in parallel within Utility
Tunnels. Allow enough cable slack in all cables entering the closure to allow dismounting of
the closure from its supports and to ensure convenient access or reentry.
H. The Contractor shall apply an appropriate amount of damming compound over the end of
filled copper cables in indoor or dry environments to prevent seepage of cable filling
compounds where encapsulant will not be used.
I. Prior to closure assembly in dry or indoor installations, all exposed cable pairs shall have the
filling compound thoroughly cleaned off the cable insulation or sheath using appropriate
cleaning solvents.
J. All pairs spliced shall be tested in accordance with the Specifications, and all splice related
faults cleared prior to sealing the closure assembly.
K. Assemble the closure casing such that the hardware and fasteners are easily accessible without
twisting or turning the cables.
L. Splice closures shall be sealed to provide air- and water-tight integrity, and left unpressurized
at the completion of the splices. Nitrogen gas shall be injected into the assembled closures and
pressure tested to 6-10 psi.
M. Splice Closure Mounting
1. Within Manholes: Contractor shall mount assembled closures to cable hooks and manhole
racking between 18 and 48 inches above the floor of the structure, measured from the
bottom of the enclosure canister. Mount closures away from steps or hand holds to avoid
the splice closure being used as a step for ascent or descent.
2. Within Utility Tunnels and Vaults: Placement in existing cable trays, attachment to
racking, or attachment to stranded messenger may be required. The Contractor shall
coordinate the location for the splice and alternative mounting techniques with CNM ITS
prior to cutting cables in preparation for splicing.
N. A CNM ITS Technician shall be present during all splicing operations and inspect the splice
before it is closed and pressurized.
3.2 SPLICE CLOSURE LABELING
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER CABLE SPLICING AND TERMINATIONS
Version 12DEC2007
27131313 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A. Label the assembled closure in accordance with CNM ITS’s instructions.
END OF SECTION 27131313
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER CABLE SPLICING AND TERMINATIONS
Version 12DEC2007
27131313 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271323 – COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE
CABLING
PART 1: GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The extent of the Interbuilding Fiber Optic Cabling Installation (The Project) will include the
following as shown on the Drawings or as Specified herein:
B. Installation, testing, labeling and documentation of new interbuilding fiber optic
communication cable between buildings as specified herein and on the Drawings.
C. The installation environment will include existing ERs, existing underground concrete
encased duct, existing direct-buried conduit, existing utility tunnel pathways, as well as areas
of CNM property which will require directional boring, and/or trenching to facilitate direct
burial of cable and conduit to be completed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be
responsible for the installation of concrete-encased ducts, or utility tunnels
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for: placement of cable, attachment cable to support
devices and underground structures, placement of conduit, metallic pullboxes (NEMA Type
3R), furnishing fiber optic splice closures and performance of splices, installation of
termination hardware and enclosures, termination of individual fiber strands, labeling, testing
and documentation of the work.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of grounding and bonding materials,
duct plugs, and firestopping materials as appropriate. Other incidental hardware and
appliances, necessary for the proper performance and operation of the communication cable
system, which are consistent with the practices of underground cable installation, are to be
provided by the Contractor at no additional charge to CNM ITS.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer Qualifications: ISO 9001 Certified, for components that are required to have
submittals provided as part of this Section.
B.
Installer Qualifications:
1.
2.
3.
4.
A firm currently engaged and which has been continuously engaged for the past 5
years in the installation of low voltage applications of type required for this Project,
and which is licensed in and has obtained or will obtain the necessary permits to
perform telecommunications installations in jurisdiction where Project is located.
Have a BICSI certified RCDD locally on staff
Provide references of the type of installation provided in this specification.
Have personnel knowledgeable in local, state, and national codes and the latest TIA
Telecommunications Standards and Manufacturer’s recommendations.
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271323 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
5.
Have personnel fluent in the use of AutoCAD version 2002 or later and possess and
operate CAD software capable of producing .DWG or .DXF format.
C.
Source Limitations: Obtain units of the same type of equipment through one source from a
single manufacturer.
D.
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
equipment, accessories, and components and are based on the specific system indicated.
Refer to Division 01 Section “Product Requirements.”
1.
E.
Do not modify intended aesthetic effects or performance, as judged solely by
Architect, except with Architect’s approval. If modifications are proposed, submit
comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.
Materials and labor shall comply with applicable requirements of following standards, using
latest version of associated appendices and Technical Service Bulletins at the time of award
of the Contract;
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
EIA/TIA-568.
EIA/TIA-569.
EIA/TIA-606.
EIA/TIA-607.
Underwriter’s Laboratory.
FCC (including CFR 47 and Part 68 – Subpart F).
National Electric Code.
Local and State Codes.
ISO/I/EC 11801.
IEC 1000-5-2.
IEC 60603-7.
F. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Commscope
General
OCC
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271323 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A. General: The materials and products specified herein reflect the minimum acceptable
standards of fabrication and manufacture. All materials and products supplied by the
Contractor and specified herein are to be new, unused, of first quality and in original
packaging or shipping containers.
1. All unused cables purchased for this project longer than 300ft will be surrendered to CNM
ITS.
For example: 2200’ of 72 FO SMF was used on this project and a minimum order of
11,000’ was purchased…. The remaining 8,800’ of 72 FO SMF would be turned over to
CNM ITS.
B. Outside Plant Fiber Optic Cable
1. General: - The Project will require the installation of outside plant single-mode (SM)
and/or multimode (MM) fiber optic cable in various outside plant environments. The cable
types listed herein have been selected based on these environments and applications.
a. Optical Characteristics – Single-mode fiber optic cable
(1) 8.3ȝm/125ȝm single-mode optical fibers
(2) Attenuation:
0.35dB/km @ 1310 nm;
0.25dB/km @ 1550 nm
b. Optical Characteristics – 62.5ȝm/125ȝm multimode optical cable
(1) Attenuation:
2.9 dB/km @ 850 nm;
0.6 dB/km @ 1300 nm
(2) Bandwidth: 160 MHz/km @ 850 nm 500 Mhz/km @ 1300 nm
c. Optical Characteristics – 50ȝm/125ȝm multimode optical cable
(1) Attenuation:
2.3 dB/km @ 850 nm;
0.6 dB/km @ 1300 nm
d. Bandwidth: 160 MHz/km @ 850 nm 500 Mhz/km @ 1300 nm
e. Mechanical Specifications
(1) Maximum tensile loading: Installation: 2700 N (600lb/ft) Long term installed: 890
N (200lb/ft)
(2) Operating Temperature: Storage: -40° to +70° C (-40° to +158° F) Long Term: 40° to +70° C (-40° to +158° F)
(3) Minimum bend radius (12 and 48 strand armored fiber optic cable):
Loaded: 8.9 inches Installed: 6.0 inches
(4) Minimum bend radius (12 and 48 strand all-dielectric fiber optic cable):
Loaded: 7.0 inches Installed: 4.6 inches
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271323 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
f. Mechanical Construction – armored fiber optic cable for direct-buried installation.
Construction shall conform to Corning ALTOS Double Sheath/Single Armor Cable or
equivalent. (innermost to outermost components)
(1) Central dielectric member
(2) Water swellable yarn
(3) Buffer tubes/fibers
(4) Water swellable tape
(5) Dielectric strength members
(6) Ripcord
(7) Polyethylene inner jacket
(8) Water swellable tape
(9) Ripcord
(10) Corrugated steel tape armor
(11) Polyethylene outer jacket
g. Mechanical Construction – all dielectric fiber optic cable for installation within
underground facilities. Construction shall conform to Corning ALTOS All Dielectric
Cable or equivalent. (innermost to outermost components)
(1) Central dielectric member
(2) Water swellable yarn
(3) Buffer tubes/fibers
(4) Water swellable tape
(5) Dielectric strength members
(6) Ripcord
(7) Polyethylene outer jacket
h. Mechanical Construction – all dielectric fiber optic cable for installation within
buildings. Construction shall conform to either:
1. Corning Freedom type Loose Tube Cable OFNR rated, UV-stabilized jacket or
equivalent. (innermost to outermost components)
(1) Dielectric Central Member
(2) Water swellable yarn
(3) Buffer tubes/fibers
(4) Water swellable tape
(5) Dielectric strength members
(6) Ripcord
(7) UV-resistant, Flame Retardant Polyethylene outer jacket
2. Corning Fan-Out type Tight Buffered Cable OFNR rated jacket, or equivalent.
(innermost to outermost components) for Intra-Building installations.
(1) Dielectric Central Member
(2) TBII Buffered Fiber
(3) Dielectric Strength Member
(4) Subunit jacket
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271323 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
(5) Dielectric Strength Member
(6) Ripcord
(7) Outer Sheath
i. Fiber strand counts for each cable type as specified herein or on the Drawings.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
All dielectric fiber optic cable for installation within underground facilities.
Armored fiber optic cable for direct-buried installation.
All dielectric fiber optic cable for installation within buildings (Freedm)
Tight buffered all dielectric MIC (All OFNP as required) fiber optic cable for
installation within buildings.
j. Color codes for fiber optic cable
(1) Buffer tubes and individual strands shall be color coded as follows:
Number Color
1
Blue
2
Orange
3
Green
4
Brown
5
Slate
6
White
7
Red
8
Black
9
Yellow
10
Violet
11
Rose
12
Aqua
(2) Cable shall be assembled to ensure that no more than 12 fiber strands occupy each
buffer tube.
C. Fiber Optic Connectors
1. For all fiber optic terminations, Type SC connectors, as specified in TIA/EIA 568A shall
be used.
D. Fiber Optic Splice Enclosures
1. Fiber optic fusion splices shall be performed in underground facilities, therefore splice
enclosures designed for use in an outside plant environment shall be used. Splice closures
are to be configured for through splices only when distribution from splice is not required.
Where distribution is required from a splice closure, utilize splice closures with entrance
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271323 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
from one end only, when installing the 9.5”x 28.0” Coyote #800010884 splice enclosure
(or equivalent) or from both ends when installing the 8.5”x 22.0” Coyote #80805514
splice enclosure with (2) 6 port end plates. No encapsulant shall be injected into closures
after splices are completed.
a. Preformed Coyote Fiber Optic Splice Closures Kits or equivalent, sized as required for
the maximum fiber count within the splice case including distribution fibers.
(1) Preformed Splice Trays shall be used with Preformed Fiber Optic Splice Closures.
Splice only 24 fibers per splice tray (no exceptions, unless with written approval
prior to installation).
(2) Preformed splice trays are to be labeled with a permanent black (Sharpie) marker
on the front face of each splice tray indicating fiber count.
b. Support bracket kits for a Coyote Splice Case, sized as required for fiber count will
support the splice case in maintenance holes, handholes and vaults.
E. Innerduct
1. Innerduct will be installed in specified ducts as indicated herein. Innerduct shall be
smooth walled molded polyethylene and be of solid wall configuration. Each innerduct
placed by the Contractor shall have a one-quarter inch polyethylene pull rope placed
within the innerduct secured at each end. Innerduct will be available in multiple colors.
a. Carlon 1-1/4 inch Optic-Gard/PE solid wall innerduct. Carlon Part #A6C9N6NNNC
or equivalent.
F. Innerduct Couplers
1. Aluminum threaded innerduct couplers to be used to join two segments of corrugated
innerduct together. Non-metallic couplers are not acceptable.
a. Pyramid Innerduct Adapter 1-1/4 inches - Pyramid Part Number F09008 or equivalent.
b. Carlon Threaded Aluminum Couplings 1-1/4 inches – Carlon Part #BS1.660 or
equivalent
G. Duct Plugs
1. Split Triplex Duct Sealing Plugs to be installed in 4-inch ducts containing Contractorinstalled 1-1/4 inch innerducts.
a. Jackmoon Triplex duct plugs - Jackmoon Part Number 40B167S or equivalent.
b. Carlon Triplex duct plugs – Carlon Part Number MATPG3 or equivalent.
2. Innerduct Sealing Plugs to be used to seal used and unused innerducts. Used in
conjunction with triplex duct sealing plugs.
a. Jackmoon Blank Duct Plug 1-1/4 inches – Jackmoon Part Number 12D148U or
equivalent.
b. Jackmoon Fiber Optic Simplex Duct Plug 1-1/4 inches – Jackmoon Part Number
12S0XXSB or equivalent. Exact part number should be specified by Contractor upon
materials order placement once exact cable diameters are known.
H. Fiber Optic Cable Labels
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271323 - 6
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1. Plastic cable labels will be attached to all fiber optic cables using stainless steel straps as
specified in Part 3.
I. Cable Support – J-Type Pipe Hangers;
1. B-Line Products Pipe Hanger, B-Line Products Part Number 3690-X, or equivalent,
sized appropriately.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
A. General
1. This Section describes the installation locations for the products and materials, as well as
methods and CNM ITS Standards associated with the Telecommunications Installation
portions of the Project. These Specifications, along with the Drawings and other CNM
supplied specifications shall be followed during the course of the installation.
2. The Contractor is instructed to coordinate his efforts with other tradesmen who may be
working within the same vicinity to avoid conflict, lost time and potential injury. CNM
ITS will assist in coordination as requested or as required.
3. The Contractor is to install all materials plumb, square and in a workman-like manner.
4. The Contractor is required to supply all necessary tools, equipment, accessories, safety
equipment, protective clothing, etc., as customary for the craft and necessary for the
installation.
5. The Contractor shall comply with all National, State, Local and CNM Codes and
Standards during the course of installation. Should any portion of these Specifications
conflict with said Codes, the Contractor is to cease work on that particular aspect of the
Project and notify CNM ITS immediately.
B. Field Conditions
1. Fixed facility locations shown on the Drawings are based upon the latest design
information available at the time this Specification was prepared. The Contractor shall
conduct field inspections to determine the actual as-built locations of conduits, manholes,
handholes and all other special facilities that affect the installation, prior to commencing
the installation in any area.
C. Cleaning
1. Cleanliness. All ERs and underground structures to include utility tunnels, conduit and
manhole systems, handholes and related fixtures shall be kept as clean as possible during
installation. Labor required for any cleaning work shall be provided by the Contractor.
2. Completion. ERs and underground structures to include utility tunnels, conduit and
manhole systems, handholes and related fixtures, shall be thoroughly cleaned, flushed out,
or blown out before the installation is offered to CNM ITS for acceptance.
3. Temporary Work. Temporary labels, temporary protection and related items shall be
removed and the entire installation left in a clean, usable condition.
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271323 - 7
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
4. Attachments. Overhead beams, conduits, lighting fixtures and any other overhead
structures shall be cleaned before installation racks, cabinets and cable tray. The purpose
is to prevent dust and debris from falling on the electronic equipment beneath.
3.2 FIBER OPTIC INNERDUCT INSTALLATION
A. Refer to the Project Drawings as applicable for routing.
B. Duct/Conduit Preparation.
1. All ducts and conduits intended for use as a pathway will be blown out with compressed
air or brushed out to remove dirt, water, and other residue prior to cable and innerduct
installation.
C. Innerduct Installation
1. Innerduct in utility tunnel shall be mounted on dedicated 6M strand messenger.
2. The Contractor shall install 3 innerducts within select 4-inch conduits used for
communication cable installed during this Project. Innerduct will be provided by the
Contractor as required, under the following conditions:
a. There is no existing innerduct installed in the conduit.
b. There is no existing cable installed in the conduit.
c. Multi-cell duct is not available as a pathway.
d. 3 innerducts will be installed in any duct which is to hold any combination of: 1, 2 or 3
cables.
e. Innerduct will not be installed in any duct which does not carry cable installed in
conjunction with this Work.
f. Innerduct is not to be installed within empty conduits slated for future use or
expansion unless noted in SOW.
3. Innerducts will be cut to allow approximately 12-24 inches of excess material to extend
beyond the end of the duct.
4. Innerducts are to be contiguous sections end to end. If it is absolutely necessary to splice
innerduct together, use aluminum couplers as specified herein.
5. Secure innerduct pull-ropes by cutting a slit into the excess duct and wedging the pullrope in the slit. Tie off excess slack around the duct.
6. Install a triplex duct plug into each end of the duct used according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
7. Install a simplex duct plug over the cable and secure the plug as instructed by the
manufacturer.
8. Install a blank plug in unused innerducts.
3.3 FIBER OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATION
A. General - For cable installation within ductbanks: Cable is to be installed in CNM designated
ducts. If field conditions prohibit the use of CNM ITS-designated duct, the Contractor is to
select a duct for use and coordinate his selection prior to cable installation. If no innerduct is
available, the Contractor is to install 3 innerducts into a single duct. If cable is already
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271323 - 8
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
installed within a duct without innerduct, new cable is to be pulled into the duct (also without
innerduct) along with existing cables, provided that the new cable can be pulled without
damage to itself or to other cables already in place.
B. Description – Primary Fiber Optic Cable Backbone Route – As described herein and/or as
shown on the Drawings.
C. Fusion Splicing of Fiber Optic Cable
1. Where required as part of the installation, the Contractor shall perform fusion splices of
fiber cable.
2. Prior to sealing spliced cables into a fiber optic splice enclosure, the Contractor shall
perform a power meter test on each individual fiber. The attenuation measurement is to be
compared to the link loss calculation for the segment in question. Measured attenuation
through the splice is not to exceed 0.2 dB. Splices that exceed this level will be broken, respliced and retested by the Contractor until the minimum reading is attained.
3. After performing the fusion splice, the splice technician shall examine each splice under a
100X power microscope. Splices with a “neck-down” (narrowing) effect, with an
oversized bulge at the splice location, or which contain gas bubbles, dirt, or other
aberrations shall not be acceptable.
4. The spliced fibers are to be installed within a fiber optic splice tray according to the
manufacturer’s specifications.
5. The fiber optic splice closure will be sealed to be air-tight as specified by the
manufacturer. Any encapsulant used shall be approved by CNM ITS before installation.
Installation would be only after testing and acceptance. Sealed closures are to be secured
to the wall of the manhole using appropriate hardware.
D. Installation of Fiber Optic Cable Within the ER
1. Routing of cable and cable slack. Upon entering the ER, the fiber optic cable shall be
routed to the termination location as shown on the drawings. At least 20 feet of slack cable
shall be coiled maintaining a minimum of 2 times the minimum bend radius. The cable
shall be secured to the ER wall or other specified location using Velcro cable wrap
brackets. The end of the cable, exclusive of the coil of slack, shall be routed to the splice
housing mounted within the equipment rack for furcation and termination. Leave a
maximum of 6 feet of buffer tube in the fiber optic enclosures. Secure the cable to the wall
or equipment frame using Velcro cable wraps.
E. Furcation of Fiber Optic Cable
1. Prior to termination, fiber optic cable strands will be furcated (fanned out) using the
specified furcation kits and using the procedure specified by the manufacturer.
F. Termination of Fiber Optic Cable
1. Where specified, the Contractor shall terminate the individual fiber strands with SC-type
connectors according to the manufacturer’s specifications.
2. Upon final testing, mated-pair connector attenuation shall not exceed 0.75 dB. Connectors
which exceed this level of attenuation shall be cut off and fibers re-terminated by the
Contractor.
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271323 - 9
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
3. Terminated fibers shall be installed within a fiber termination panel mounted within an
equipment rack, as specified on the Drawings.
G. Installation of fiber in Maintenance Holes and Handholes
1. Do not loop the fiber around the manhole or handhole unless specified in the SOW.
3.4 FIBER OPTIC CABLE TESTING
A. Scope of Work - Work covered by this Paragraph shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment
and supplies unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations
recognized as necessary for the successful testing and verification of the installation of the
Fiber Optic cable plant described on the Drawings and required by these specifications. In
addition, the Contractor shall:
a. Verify through Optical Time Dimension Reflectometer (OTDR) testing as well as visual
inspection of manufacturers testing results, the quality of the fiber optic cable being
installed.
b. Verify through power meter testing the attenuation of all point to point fiber optic strands.
c. Verify through OTDR testing the integrity of the point-to-point connections, the final
installed connector-to-connector length of the fiber optic strands.
d. Verify through visual inspection of all fiber optic cable termination locations on
Drawings, the integrity of the workmanship and the operability of the fiber optic media.
B. Contractor Responsibility:
a. The Contractor shall:
a. Coordinate a meeting with CNM IT personnel to discuss testing procedures,
equipment, documentation, etc. to verify to the owner a complete understanding of
requirements and schedule.
b. Complete quality control inspection and testing per this Specification.
c. Maintain fiber optic test technicians qualified to operate the test equipment (to be
used) on the job site during testing.
d. Maintain test equipment in current calibration during testing operations.
e. Notify CNM ITS 48 hours in advance when work, technicians and equipment are
prepared for Acceptance tests and inspections. Coordinate testing with CNM ITS
beforehand to avoid delays in the Project schedule.
f. Maintain written record of tests pertinent for each fiber run and upon completion of
testing, assemble and certify a final test report.
g. Maintain safety procedures and discipline when test equipment is emitting optical
energy.
C. Test Equipment
1. Contractor will submit specification sheets for the test equipment to be utilized for CNM
ITS approval prior to commencement of testing.
2. Calibration
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271323 - 10
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
a. The Contractor is to ensure all test instruments are calibrated to provide measurements
within stated accuracy.
b. Visible, dated calibration labels will be affixed to test instrumentation. Calibration will
have been performed within 12 months of current testing operation.
c. The Contractor shall be prepared to present accurate records that indicate the
calibration history of the equipment. The records should include the date and results of
instruments calibrated or tested.
d. Test equipment is to be calibrated using a standard of higher accuracy than that of the
instrument tested. Accuracy is to be directly traceable to the National Institute of
Standards and Technology.
D. Acceptance Procedures:
a. Purpose: The following acceptance practices will be followed to ensure that should the
incorrect products be received, should damage to the cable have occurred during shipping
and handling; the Contractor can reorder replacement materials as soon after
determination of the product’s unsuitability as possible to minimize the impact to the
installation schedule.
a. The Contractor shall visually inspect fiber optic cable reels for damage upon receipt
from the shipper.
b. Part numbers on cable reel shipping labels, bills of lading, invoices, etc., shall be
compared to the original order.
c. Cable lengths should be verified.
d. The manufacturer’s OTDR measurement records received with the shipment shall be
examined to ensure compliance with stated attenuation performance. The Contractor
will accept and guarantee the OTDR and loss measurements provided with the cable
or will make their own test before acceptance. The OTDR readings will be provided
for all the fibers in each spool of fiber optic cable. Readings will be taken at the 850
nm, 1300 nm windows for multi mode fiber and 1310 nm, 1550 nm windows for
single-mode fiber.
e. The Contractor will retain the manufacturer’s test data and provide it, along with all
other specified test documentation to CNM ITS at the completion of the Project.
E. Field Testing Procedures
1. The following test procedures will be performed for all fiber optics cable installations. No
variance can be obtained without written request to CNM ITS explaining the reasons for
the request. Verbal approvals will not be accepted or provided.
2. All readings will be taken end to end (SC to SC) in both directions on every fiber
terminated at both ends, without exception.
3. Fiber optic cable that is left un-terminated at both ends shall be tested using a launch cable
and bare fiber adapter.
4. CNM ITS is to be notified at least 48 hours prior to testing to allow 100% observation at
CNM’s discretion. If CNM ITS confirms his intention to observe, a reasonable starting
time will be agreed upon. Should CNM ITS not be present at the scheduled
commencement time, the Contractor may begin testing as scheduled.
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271323 - 11
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
F. Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) Testing
1. After all terminations have been completed, tests will be conducted using an OTDR prior
to testing with a power meter set (optical light source and optical meter). Contractor will
test insertion loss of 850 nm and 1300 nm for Multimode cable; and at 1310 nm and 1550
nm wavelengths for Single-mode cable, for both directions through each connector pair
using the OTDR. Use of an OTDR determines overall length and pinpoints loss locations
along the segment being tested by indicating their distances from the source. The
Contractor will use the OTDR traces to assess the span attenuation that is necessary to
evaluate the final acceptance tests utilizing the power meter test set(s). The power meter
test measures overall attenuation of each span; this test also determines whether
terminations are not within specified quality limits.
2. OTDR Testing and the Span Loss Benchmark Calculation
a. Span Loss Benchmark Calculation. The estimated attenuation (loss) must be
calculated for each fiber segment to determine a comparison value for the actual
readings during the power meter test. This calculation is derived from the original reel
tests performed at the time of cable acceptance.
b. In general, the OTDR traces must be interpreted to determine the length of each cable
segment. Both ends of the span are terminated with an SC connector. In the following
example the test is performed on multi mode fiber at 850nm. At the conclusion of the
test, the trace for the span (end-to-end) is interpreted as follows:
Segment 1 is a fiber segment measured from termination to
termination.
Distance of Segment 1 (per OTDR Trace)
Pre-Installation Attenuation Acceptance Test
Calculation: 125 meters x 0.0029 dB/meter
Calculated loss value for Segment 1:
Mated pair connector loss:
0.75 dB (per pair)* X 2
Maximum allowable loss for the span
= 125 meters
2.90
= dB/km
= 0.36 dB
= 0.36 dB
= + 1.50 dB
= 1.86 dB
= 1.86 dB
The Span Loss Benchmark Calculation for this span: 1.86 dB
The benchmark calculation for the span is to be compared with the
reading taken on the span with the power meter in final acceptance
testing.
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271323 - 12
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
3. Power Meter Testing
a. All testing done with a light source and power meter shall be done such that the loss of
any cables or connections used to interface the fiber to be tested to the instruments is
measured and subtracted from the total loss of the fiber optic circuit. For testing the
finished installation, the instrument(s) shall be "front ended" with SC connectors so
that the testing includes the interface to the SC bulkheads in the fiber termination
panels.
b. b. After termination of all the individual fibers, power meter readings will be taken.
The attenuation of readings must not be higher than the optimal attenuation loss. The
optimal attenuation loss will be calculated using the manufacturer's factory certified
fiber test reports (dB/km) converted to the actual installed lengths plus the attenuation
losses for the SC connector of 0.75 dB per mated connector pair. The optimal
attenuation losses shall be used for comparison with the end-to-end power loss test
results prior to acceptance by CNM ITS.
c. c. If any reading is higher than 0.10 dB over the optimal attenuation loss, CNM ITS
must be contacted for acceptance. If the loss is not acceptable, then the contractor
must re-terminate the fiber to obtain acceptable loss levels. This will be done at the
Contractor's expense. Records of fiber loss must be maintained and provided for
system acceptance by CNM ITS.
d. d. CNM ITS is to be notified at least 48 hours prior to testing to allow 100%
observation at CNM ITS discretion. If CNM ITS confirms his intention to observe, a
reasonable starting time will be agreed upon. Should CNM ITS not be present at the
scheduled commencement time, the Contractor may begin testing as scheduled.
4. Test Report Submittals
a. The Contractor shall submit test results on CD/DVD for review prior to CNM ITS
acceptance of the Work.
b. Fiber optic cable test reports shall be delivered to CNM ITS for loss @ 1310nm and
1550nm for all single-mode fiber strands and 850nm and 1300nm for all multimode
fiber strands.
c. Loss budget calculation shall be shown on the Fiber Optic Cable Test Report.
d. Substantial Completion will not be given without the final test results submitted and
approved by CNM ITS.
3.6 AS-BUILT INFORMATION
A. Contractor shall provide as-built information to CNM ITS to accompany all test result
information.
B. As-built information shall be in electronic format. Indicate location of all OSP routes, if
different than original drawing, conduit configuration, cable type, cable labeling, and all
additions and deletions pertaining to telecommunications.
3.7 SYSTEM WARRANTY
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271323 - 13
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A. Contractor shall perform all labeling requirements and provide testing documentation for
verification as described herein.
B. Contractor shall submit cable records to reflect all moves, adds, and changes.
A. Manufacturer shall provide a system performance warranty for the installed system.
C. Contractor shall submit final paperwork for warranty to manufacturer and a copy to CNM ITS
one week prior to the substantial completion date.
D. Contractor must be a certified installer of installed cable plant and must be certified by
manufacturer.
E. Contractor must offer a 25-year extended warranty for the premises fiber cabling solution
comprised of covered manufacturer products and must follow all warranty registration
procedures set forth by manufacturer, including submitting all required materials to
manufacturer for warranty certification.
F. All installed equipment must conform to the manufacturer's official published specifications.
The warranty shall begin at the system acceptance date and remain in effect for a period of 25
years from that date. The contractor shall agree to repair, adjust, and/or replace (as determined
by the CNM to be in its best interest) any defective equipment, materials, or other parts of the
system at the contractor's sole cost. CNM will incur no costs for service or replacement of
parts during the warranty period of 25 years. All third party warranties shall be passed
through from contractor to CNM.
G. Contractor shall warrant that the system will function as specified in the approved
manufacturer's Technical Description Guide.
H. Contractor shall warrant that the system shall accommodate traffic at the levels specified in all
appropriate sections of the Request for Proposal.
END OF SECTION 271323
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271323 - 14
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271333 – COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL BACKBONE CABLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
The Contractor is held responsible to be familiar with the provisions contained herein and with other
Sections of this Specification as applicable to the completion of the installation.
1.1 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The extent of the Interbuilding CATV Cabling Installation (The Project) will include the
following as shown on the Drawings or as Specified herein:
B. Installation, testing, labeling and documentation of new interbuilding CATV cable between
buildings as specified herein and on the Drawings.
C. The installation environment will include existing ERs, existing underground concrete
encased duct, existing direct-buried conduit, existing utility tunnel pathways, as well as areas
of Purdue University property which will require directional boring, and/or trenching to
facilitate direct burial of cable and conduit to be completed by the Contractor. The Contractor
shall not be responsible for the installation of concrete encased ducts, or utility tunnels.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for: placement of cable, attachment cable to support
devices within the utility tunnel system and underground structures, placement of conduit,
metallic pull boxes (NEMA Type 3R), furnishing CATV splice closures and performance of
splices, installation of termination hardware and enclosures, termination of CATV cable,
labeling, testing and documentation of the work.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of grounding and bonding materials,
duct plugs, and fire-stopping materials as appropriate. Other incidental hardware and
appliances necessary for the proper performance and operation of the communication cable
system, which are consistent with the practices of underground cable installation, are to be
provided by the Contractor at no additional charge to CNM ITS.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Verification: CNM ITS will maintain inspection personnel on the job site. It is incumbent
upon the Contractor to verify that the installation and material used has hidden from view.
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271333 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
The Contractor shall bear costs associated with uncovering or exposing installations or
features that have not been inspected.
1.4 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Intent of Specifications:
1. Where specified only by reference standards, select any product meeting standards by any
manufacturer.
2. Where specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any product and
manufacturer named that meets the specified requirements. Other products and
manufacturers will not be considered.
3. Where specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers, but indicating "or
equivalent" after specified listing, the specified product is the preferred quality standard.
The Contractor may submit a request for another product for acceptance.
4. Where specified by naming only one product and manufacturer: There is no option and no
substitution will be allowed.
B. Submit requests for substitutions within 10 days of contract award, or sooner if required to
maintain the construction schedule.
C. The Contractor must submit sufficient information to show that a proposed substitute is
equivalent to the item specified. Acceptance of substitutions is at Owner's discretion: CNM
ITS reserves the right to determine suitability of the substitute product and reject any and all
materials submitted for substitution. All substitute products and materials must be approved
for substitution by CNM ITS in writing prior to installation. Products rejected or otherwise
judged unsatisfactory by CNM ITS will not be authorized for use in completing the Work.
Any unapproved products discovered as part of the installation will be removed and replaced
with CNM ITS-specified and approved products at the Contractor’s expense.
D. Project Drawings may be based on equipment configuration of a particular manufacturer. If a
substitution is approved, the Contractor shall make changes needed to accommodate the
substitution at no expense to CNM, including work under other divisions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
A. General: The materials and products specified herein reflect the minimum acceptable
standards of fabrication and manufacture. All materials and products supplied by the
Contractor and specified herein are to be new, unused, of first quality and in original
packaging or shipping containers.
B. Outside Plant CATV Cable
1. General: - The Project will require the installation of outside plant CATV cable in various
outside plant environments. The cable types listed herein have been selected based on
these environments and applications.
a. Electrical Characteristics – OSP CATV cable
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271333 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
(1) Capacitance 15.3 +/- 1.0 pf/ft
(2) Impedance 75 +/- 2 ohms
(3) Velocity of Propagation 87%
b. Maximum Copper Clad D.C. Resistance @ 68 degrees F
(1) Inner Conductor 1.35 ohms/1000ft
(2) Outer Conductor 0.37 ohms/1000ft
(3) Loop 1.72 ohms/1000ft
c. Attenuation @ 68 degrees F
d. Physical Dimensions – OSP CATV Cable
(1) Nominal Center Conductor Diameter .109 inches.
(2) Nominal Diameter Over Dielectric .450 inches.
(3) Nominal Diameter Over Outer Conductor .500 inches.
(4) Nominal Outer Conductor Thickness .024 inches.
(5) Nominal Diameter Over Flooded Jacket (JCASS) .570 inches.
(6) Diameter of Steel Messenger on Aerial Cable .109 inches.
e. Mechanical Construction - OSP CATV Cable
(1) Minimum Bend Radius of Jacketed Cable 6.0 inches.
(2) Minimum Bend Radius of Un-Jacketed Cable 6.5 inches.
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271333 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
(3) Maximum Pulling Tension 300 lbs.
(4) Minimum Breaking Strength of Messenger 1,800 lbs.
f. Mechanical Construction – OSP CATV Cable
(1) Polyethylene Jacket where jacketed cable required.
(2) Aluminum Outer Jacket.
(3) Dielectric Adhesive.
(4) Dielectric.
(5) Copper Center Conductor.
(6) Migra-Heal Flooding Compound where required.
C. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Commscope
Belden
General
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
D. CATV Termination Connectors
1. For OSP CATV terminations within the ER, use LRC part #BI500FFK3, “K” series, two
piece cable to “F” female adapter bulkhead connector.
2. For OSP CATV terminations within an amplifier, Use LRC part #EI500K3 “K” series,
two piece PIN type connector. Coordinate with CNM IT Department before disturbing
existing amplifiers.
E. CATV Splice Connectors
1. For OSP CATV splices, use LRC part #SI500K3, “K” series, two piece splice connectors.
F. Termination within the Telecommunication Room (ER)
1. All OSP CATV cables shall be terminated in the ER as described in Item 2.1, C.1.
2. Install (1) Tru-Spec part #GRB-1HRLAR, 5-1500MHz, grounding block in the ER.
Coordinate termination location of the OSP CATV cable within the ER with a CNM IT
Representative.
3. Install Belden Part #9116 RG-6 type cable, terminated on both ends with LRC Part # F56CHI as described in Section 271533, between the OSP CATV cable and the lightning
arrester.
4. Install Green #6 AWG insulated copper grounding conductor from the lightning arrestor
to the ER ground bus bar.
G. Innerduct
1. Innerduct will be installed in specified ducts as indicated herein. Innerduct shall be either:
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271333 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
a. Molded in orange polyethylene and be of smooth walled configuration. Each innerduct
placed by the Contractor shall have a one-quarter inch polyethylene pull rope placed
within the innerduct secured at each end.
(1) Carlon 1-1/4 inch Optic-Gard/PE corrugated innerduct. Carlon Part #AW4X1A or
equivalent.
b. Flexible fabric type innerduct manufactured with pulling tape in all cells.
(1) TVC part #MXC-3456-XX in conduits 3” or larger.
(2) TVC part #MXC-2003 in 2” conduits.
H. Innerduct Couplers
1. Aluminum threaded innerduct couplers to be used to join two segments of smooth walled
innerduct together. Non-metallic couplers are not acceptable.
a. Pyramid Innerduct Adapter 1-1/4 inches - Pyramid Part Number F09008 or equivalent.
b. Carlon Threaded Aluminum Couplings 1-1/4 inches – Carlon Part Number E142GT or
equivalent
I. Duct Plugs
1. Split Triplex Duct Sealing Plugs to be installed in 4-inch ducts containing Contractorinstalled 1-1/4 inch innerducts.
a. Jackmoon Triplex duct plugs - Jackmoon Part Number 40B167S or equivalent.
b. Carlon Triplex duct plugs – Carlon Part Number MATPG3 or equivalent.
2. Innerduct Sealing Plugs to be used to seal used and unused innerducts. Used in
conjunction with triplex duct sealing plugs.
a. Jackmoon Blank Duct Plug 1-1/4 inches – Jackmoon Part Number 12D148U or
equivalent.
b. Jackmoon Fiber Optic Simplex Duct Plug 1-1/4 inches – Jackmoon Part Number
12S0XXSB or equivalent. Exact part number should be specified by Contractor upon
materials order placement once exact cable diameters are known.
J. CATV Cable Labels
1. Stainless steel cable labels will be attached to all CATV cables using stainless steel straps
as specified in Part 3.
K. Cable Support – J-Type Pipe Hangers;
1. B-Line Products Pipe Hanger, B-Line Products Part Number 3690-X, or equivalent, sized
appropriately.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
A. General
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271333 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1. This Section describes the installation locations for the products and materials, as well as
methods and Owner’s Standards associated with the Telecommunications Installation
portions of the Project. These Specifications, along with the Drawings and other CNM
ITS-supplied specifications shall be followed during the course of the installation.
2. The Contractor is instructed to coordinate his efforts with other tradesmen who may be
working within the same vicinity to avoid conflict, lost time and potential injury. CNM
ITS will assist in coordination as requested or as required.
3. The Contractor is to install all materials plumb, square and in a workman-like manner.
4. The Contractor is required to supply all necessary tools, equipment, accessories, safety
equipment, protective clothing, etc., as customary for the craft and necessary for the
installation.
5. The Contractor shall comply with all National, Indiana State, Local and CNM Codes and
Standards during the course of installation. Should any portion of these Specifications
conflict with said Codes, the Contractor is to cease work on that particular aspect of the
Project and notify CNM ITS immediately.
B. Field Conditions
1. Fixed facility locations shown on the Drawings are based upon the latest design
information available at the time this Specification was prepared. The Contractor shall
conduct field inspections to determine the actual as-built affect the installation, prior to
commencing the installation in any area.
C. Cleaning
1. Cleanliness. All ERs, Underground structures to include utility tunnels, conduit and
manhole systems, handholes and related fixtures shall be kept as clean as possible during
installation. Labor required for any cleaning work shall be provided by the Contractor.
2. Completion. ERs and Underground structures to include utility tunnels, conduit and
manhole systems, handholes and related fixtures, shall be thoroughly cleaned, flushed out,
or blown out before the installation is offered to CNM ITS for acceptance.
3. Temporary Work. Temporary labels, temporary protection and related items shall be
removed and the entire installation left in a clean, usable condition.
3.2 CATV INNERDUCT INSTALLATION
A. Refer to the Project Drawings as applicable for routing.
B. Duct/Conduit Preparation.
1. All ducts and conduits intended for use as a pathway will be blown out with compressed
air or brushed out to remove dirt, water, and other residue prior to cable and innerduct
installation.
C. Innerduct Installation
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271333 - 6
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1. The Contractor shall install 3 innerducts or equal capacity fabric innerducts within any of
the 4-inch conduits used for communication cable installed during this Project. Innerduct
will be provided by the Contractor as required, under the following conditions:
a. There is no existing innerduct installed in the conduit.
b. There is no existing cable installed in the conduit.
c. Multicell duct is not available as a pathway.
d. 3 innerducts will be installed in any duct which is to hold any combination of: 1, 2 or 3
cables.
e. Innerduct will not be installed in any duct which does not carry cable installed in
conjunction with this Work.
f. Innerduct is not to be installed within empty conduits slated for future use or
expansion.
2. Innerducts will be cut to allow approximately 6 inches of excess material to extend
beyond the end of the duct.
3. Innerducts are to be contiguous sections end to end. If it is absolutely necessary to splice
innerduct together, use aluminum couplers as specified herein.
4. Secure innerduct pullropes by cutting a slit into the excess duct and wedging the pullrope
in the slit. Tie off excess slack around the duct.
5. Install a triplex duct plug into each end of the duct used according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
6. Install a simplex duct plug over the cable and secure the plug as instructed by the
manufacturer.
7. Install a blank plug in unused innerducts.
3.3 CATV CABLE INSTALLATION
A. General - For cable installation within ductbanks: Cable is to be installed in Owner designated
ducts. If field conditions prohibit the use of CNM ITS-designated duct, the Contractor is to
select a duct for use and coordinate his selection prior to cable installation. If multicell duct is
available, install one cable in each subduct. If no multicell duct is available, the Contractor is
to install 3 innerducts into a single duct.
Three cables are to be installed within each innerduct. If cable is already installed within a
duct without innerduct, new cable is to be pulled into the duct (also without innerduct) along
with existing cables, provided that the new cable can be pulled without damage to itself or to
other cables already in place.
B. Description – Primary CATV Cable Backbone Route – As described herein and/or as shown
on the Drawings.
C. Splicing of CATV Cable
1. Where required as part of the installation, the Contractor shall perform splices of CATV
cable.
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271333 - 7
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2. Where direct buried underground splices are required, install Canusa #CFTV-1300
selective adhesive filled heat shrink around the splice, extending 6 inches beyond the
connectors on each end.
3. Prior to sealing the splice(s) with the heat shrink, an Owner’s Representative from the
CNM IT Department shall inspect the splice.
4. The CATV splice shall be sealed to be air and water tight as specified by the
manufacturer.
D. Installation of CATV Cable within the ER
1. Routing of cable and cable slack. Upon entering the ER, the CATV cable shall be routed
to the termination location as shown on the drawings or as directed by a CNM IT
Representative. The cable is to be secured to the ER wall or other specified location using
cable ties or brackets. If cable ties are used, they shall be pulled snug, without deforming
the jacket of the cable.
3.4 CATV CABLE INSTALLATION
A. Scope of Work - Work covered by this Paragraph shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment
and supplies unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations
recognized as necessary for the successful testing and verification of the installation of the
CATV cable plant described on the Drawings and required by these specifications. In
addition, the Contractor shall:
1. Verify through continuity testing as well as visual inspection of the quality of the CATV
cable being installed.
2. Verify acceptable installed cable attenuation utilizing a spectrum analyzer and existing
CATV signal. Coordinate with Physical Facilities before connecting to the existing
system.
3. Verify through visual inspection of all CATV termination locations on drawings, the
integrity of the workmanship and the operability of the CATV media.
B. Contractor Responsibility:
1. The Contractor shall:
a. Complete quality control inspection and testing per this Specification.
b. Notify CNM ITS when work, technicians and equipment are prepared for acceptance
tests and inspections. Coordinate testing with CNM ITS beforehand to avoid delays in
the Project schedule.
c. Maintain written record of tests pertinent for each CATV run and upon completion of
testing, assemble and certify a final test report. Report to include attenuation values at
specific frequencies as well as length measurements.
d. Maintain safety procedures and discipline when testing equipment that contains
voltage.
C. Test Equipment
1. Contractor shall test the installed CATV cable utilizing a contractor furnished spectrum
analyzer.
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271333 - 8
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2. Contractor shall submit hand written documentation of the attenuation values at the
following center frequencies:
D. Acceptance Procedures:
1. Purpose: The following acceptance practices will be followed to ensure that should the
incorrect products be received, should damage to the cable have occurred during shipping
and handling; the Contractor can reorder replacement materials as soon after
determination of the product’s unsuitability as possible to minimize the impact to the
installation schedule.
a. The Contractor shall visually inspect CATV cable reels for damage upon receipt from
the shipper.
b. Part numbers on cable reel shipping labels, bills of lading, invoices, etc., shall be
compared to the original order.
c. Cable lengths should be verified.
E. Field Testing Procedures
1. CNM ITS is to be notified at least 24 hours prior to testing to allow observation at CNM
ITS’s discretion. If CNM ITS confirms his intention to observe, a reasonable starting time
will be agreed upon. Should CNM ITS not be present at the scheduled commencement
time, the Contractor may begin testing as scheduled.
F. Maximum Acceptable Attenuation Values
1. Refer to 2.1.B.1.c for maximum acceptable attenuation values.
3.5 LABELING
A. Each CATV Cable installed by the Contractor shall be labeled as follows:
1. OSP CATV Cable Labeling Scheme
a. Labels will be stamped with machine generated markings, hand die stamping is not
acceptable.
b. Labels are to be attached to the cable jackets with stainless steel straps. Labels straps
will be cinched firmly enough to prevent slippage, but not tight enough to score, cut,
or otherwise damage the cable jacket.
c. Place labels within 12 inches of each termination. Ensure labels are positioned to
allow reading without twisting the cable.
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271333 - 9
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
d. Place labels within 12 inches of each splice location.
END OF SECTION 271333
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL BACKBONE CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271333 - 10
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271413 – COMMUNICATIONS COPPER RISER CABLING
PART 1: GENERAL
The Contractor is held responsible to be familiar with the provisions contained herein and with other
Sections of this Specification as applicable to the completion of the installation.
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies, materials,
and testing unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations recognized
as necessary for the installation, termination, and labeling of copper riser infrastructure as
described on the Drawings and/or required by these specifications.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271423 Communications Optical Fiber Riser Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271433 Communications Coaxial Riser Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 COPPER RISER CABLING
A. Riser Cable (Voice) - Provide riser cables from the ER to each TR as indicated on Drawings
or as indicated herein.
1. Riser cables shall consist of twenty-five, and/or fifty, and/or one hundred unshielded
twisted pairs, 24 gauge, solid copper, S-R PVC insulated conductors, rated category 3,
with overall gray PVC jacket, CMR rated.
2.2 UTP CABLE
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
Commscope
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271413 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2.
3.
4.
General
Essex
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. This Section describes the installation locations for the products and materials, as well as
methods and CNM ITS CISM Standards associated with the Telecommunications
Installation portions of the Project. These Specifications, along with the drawings and
other CNM ITS supplied specifications shall be followed during the course of the
installation.
2. The Contractor is instructed to coordinate his efforts with the other tradesmen who may be
working within the same vicinity to avoid conflict and lost time.
3. The Contractor is required to supply all necessary tools, equipment, accessories, safety
equipment, protective clothing, etc., as customary for the craft and necessary for the
installation.
4. The Contractor shall verify space requirements and locations with CNM ITS before
starting cable installations and terminations.
5. The Contractor shall verify the cable type and jacket rating required with a CNM ITS
before starting riser cable installation.
6. The Contractor shall verify existing cable fill in riser conduit before installation of
additional cables so as not to exceed 40% cable fill. Contractor will be responsible for
installation of additional riser conduit, where additional cables to be added will exceed the
40% cable fill.
3.2 RISER CONDUITS
A. Provide a nylon pull cord in each empty conduit to facilitate future installation of cables.
B. Communication pathways requiring fire stopping shall utilize removable/re-usable fire
stopping putties for ease of Moves, Adds, and Changes.
C. All fire stopping penetrations shall conform to the recommended practices listed in UL1479
or ASTM E814 and must be labeled with the UL1479 or ASTM E814 reference number,
dated, and signed by the technician who installed the fire stopping material.
3.3 RISER COPPER CABLING
A. The copper riser cabling will be terminated at the ER and TR’s on 110 type wiring blocks or
on patch panels depending on what is shown on the Drawings.
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271413 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B. Horizontal cabling shall be terminated such that wire pair twists are maintained as closely as
possible to the point of mechanical termination.
C. Maintain cable sheath to leading edge of connector block.
D. Contractor is responsible to obtain and follow installation instructions for manufacturer
products for correct termination and wire management of cables on respective products.
E. CNM ITS to provide future cross-connect terminations to Campus switch.
3.4 WIRING COLOR CODES
A. Wiring Color Code - Unshielded Data Riser Cable and telephone trunk cable. Note: Riser
cables greater than 25 pair have same color code with different binder ribbon for each 25 pair
group.
3.05 GENERAL CABLE INSTALLATION
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271413 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A. Cable bends shall not be greater than that recommended by the manufacturer of the cable.
B. Care shall be taken so as not to damage cable during the installation process and that
manufacturer’s pull tension specification is not exceeded.
C. Provide a minimum 8’-0” and maximum 10’-0” of slack. Loop at the TRs to be contained in
the cable tray. Smaller slack loops may be required at ER cabinets.
D. Within TRs, cables shall be snugly wrapped using Velcro reusable cable ties, a minimum of
every 3 feet for cable organization. Wire ties shall be tightened so as not to deform cable
jackets and thus affect cable performance.
E. Cable fill in riser conduits shall not exceed 40% cable fill.
F. New TRs must be free from dust, dirt, and other foreign materials before the installation of
any termination hardware or the termination of copper or fiber optic cables. The door to the
telecommunication rooms must be installed and closed during termination.
3.6 CABLE TESTING
A. A 100% verification by CNM ITS of all copper riser cable tests is required. Contractor shall
notify the CNM ITS Representative before the start of testing. Contractor may request CNM
ITS to accompany them in the testing of cables to ensure proper information entry into the
Omniscanner.
B. The vertical multiple pair copper riser cables shall be tested utilizing an Independent
Technologies, Inc. Test-All IV, Model ITC-302, Independent Technologies, Inc. Test- All 25,
or CNM ITS Telecommunications approved equal, 4-pair or 25-pair communications and data
network tester that enables the user to test 4-pair or 25-pair simultaneously. This should have
attachments to enable direct testing of 110 wiring blocks. Contractor shall complete a riser
cable summary form at the time of testing. The riser cable summary form shall contain a
pass/fail indication along with other pertinent data regarding the cables tested. Testing
required is 100%. Provide test results on CD/DVD to CNM ITS. CNM ITS has the option to
perform 100% verification testing as part of acceptance of copper riser tests.
3.7 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND CABLE TERMINATIONS
A. All equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, arranged for convenient
operation, testing and future maintenance.
B. All paired cables shall be installed and terminated by technicians experienced in the
termination of cables on connector blocks.
C. The Contractor shall employ certified system installation technicians and have at least 5 years
experience in the installation of similar and equivalent systems.
D. The Contractor shall supply verification of experience, for this type of work, to the Architect
for approval before performing any work.
3.8 AS-BUILT INFORMATION
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271413 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A. Contractor shall provide as-built information to CNM ITS to accompany all test result
information.
B. As-built information shall be in electronic format in AutoCAD version 2000. Indicate location
of all riser conduit routes, distribution cable trays, junction boxes, and all additions and
deletions pertaining to telecommunications. Include riser labeling next to all telecom symbols.
3.9 SYSTEM WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor shall perform all labeling requirements and provide testing documentation for
verification as described herein.
B. Contractor shall submit cable records to reflect all moves, adds, and changes.
C. Manufacturer shall provide a system performance warranty for the installed system.
END OF SECTION 271413
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271413 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271423 – COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER RISER CABLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies, materials,
and testing unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations recognized
as necessary for the installation, termination, and labeling of optic fiber riser infrastructure as
described on the Drawings and/or required by these specifications.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271413 Communications Copper Riser Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271433 Communications Coaxial Riser Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FIBER OPTIC RISER CABLING
A. Multimode Fiber Optic Riser Cable (Data) - Provide backbone cables from the ER to each
data TR as indicated on Drawings.
1. General:
a. The optical fiber cable construction shall consist of 50/125ȝm multimode optical
fibers, typically formed into groups of 6 or 12 fibers each. These groups and
individual fibers shall be identifiable in accordance with ANSI/EIA/TIA-598. These
groups consist of individually jacketed 900um tight buffered fiber strands around a
dielectric central member with a flame-retardant outer jacket to form a protective
sheath.
b. The function of optical fiber cables is to provide a compact, low loss, broad bandwidth
transmission medium suitable for the transmission of voice, video, and high-speed
data signals under adverse electrical and environmental conditions.
2. Optical Specifications:
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271423 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
a. Attenuation:
(1) The maximum attenuation of each multimode optical fiber within a cable, when
normalized to a length of 1 kilometer, shall conform with the following
attenuation:
< 3.0 dB/km @ 850 nm
< 1.0 dB/km @ 1300 nm
(2) Attenuation values and method of determining attenuation of each fiber shall be
provided by cable manufacture and supplied with cable.
b. Bandwidth:
Note: Bandwidth values and method of determining bandwidth of each fiber shall be
provided by cable manufacture and supplied with cable.
c. Core Diameter: The core diameter shall be 50 +3 um.
d. Numerical Aperture: The numeric aperture (far-field radiation pattern) shall be .20 +
.02.
3. Mechanical Specifications:
a. The minimum tensile force over the entire length of the fiber shall be equivalent to
35.1 kg/mm2 (50 kpsi).
4. Environmental Requirements:
a. The cable shall be expected to operate and be stored under the following conditions:
(1) Storage temperature range: -60o C to +85o C
(2) Operating temperature range: -50o C to +70o C
5. Each cable shall contain 12 strands unless noted otherwise.
6. Cable shall be listed as OFNP in all areas of the building regardless of plenum
environment..
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271423 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B. Single-mode Fiber Optic Riser Cable (Data) - Provide backbone cables from the ER to each
data TR as indicated on Drawings.
1. General:
a. The optical fiber cable construction shall consist of 8/125ȝm singlemode optical
fibers, typically formed into groups of 6 or 12 fibers each. These groups and
individual fibers shall be identifiable in accordance with ANSI/EIA/TIA-92CAAA.
These groups consist of individually jacketed 900um tight buffered fiber strands
around a dielectric central member with a flame-retardant outer jacket to form a
protective sheath.
b. The function of optical fiber cables is to provide a compact, low loss, broad bandwidth
transmission medium suitable for the transmission of voice, video and high-speed data
signals under adverse electrical and environmental conditions.
2. Optical Specifications:
a. Attenuation:
(1) The maximum attenuation of each single-mode optical fiber within a cable, when
normalized to a length of 1 kilometer, shall conform with the following
attenuation:
< 1 dB/km @ 1310 nm
< .75 dB/km @ 1550 nm
(2) Attenuation values and method of determining attenuation of each fiber shall be
provided by cable manufacture and supplied with cable.
3. Mechanical Specifications:
a. The minimum tensile force over the entire length of the fiber shall be equivalent to
35.1 kg/mm2 (50 kpsi).
4. Environmental Requirements:
a. The cable shall be expected to operate and be stored under the following conditions:
(1) Storage temperature range: -60o C to +85o C
(2) Operating temperature range: -50o C to +70o C
5. Each cable shall contain 12 strands.
6. Cable shall be listed as OFNP.
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
CommScope
General
OCC
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271423 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
4.
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. This Section describes the installation locations for the products and materials, as well as
methods and Owner’s Standards associated with the Telecommunications Installation
portions of the Project. These Specifications, along with the drawings and other Owner
supplied specifications shall be followed during the course of the installation.
2. The Contractor is instructed to coordinate his efforts with the other tradesmen who may be
working within the same vicinity to avoid conflict and lost time.
3. The Contractor is required to supply all necessary tools, equipment, accessories, safety
equipment, protective clothing, etc., as customary for the craft and necessary for the
installation.
4. The Contractor shall verify space requirements and locations with Owner before starting
cable installations and terminations.
5. The Contractor shall verify the cable type and jacket rating required with a CNM IT
Telecommunications Representative before starting riser cable installation.
6. The Contractor shall verify existing cable fill in riser conduit before installation of
additional cables so as not to exceed 40% cable fill. Contractor will be responsible for
installation of additional riser conduit, where additional cables to be added will exceed the
40% cable fill.
3.2 RISER CONDUITS
A. Provide a nylon pull cord in each empty conduit to facilitate future installation of cables.
B. Communication pathways requiring fire stopping shall utilize removable/re-usable fire
stopping putties for ease of Moves, Adds, and Changes.
C. All fire stopping penetrations shall conform to the recommended practices listed in UL1479
or ASTM E814 and must be labeled with the UL1479 or ASTM E814 reference number,
dated, and signed by the technician who installed the fire stopping material.
3.3 RISER FIBER OPTIC CABLING
A. The fiber optic riser cabling will be terminated on either wall mountable fiber enclosures on in
frame mountable fiber enclosures. Verify termination type and location with a CNM IT
Telecommunications Representative.
B. Contractor is responsible to obtain and follow installation instructions for fiber products for
correct termination and wire management of cables on respective products.
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271423 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
C. Owner to provide future cross-connect terminations to network equipment.
3.4 FIBER COLOR CODES
A. Fiber Color Code –
Note: Riser cables greater than 12-strand have same color code with different colored tube for
each 12-strand group. Tube colors use same color scheme.
3.5 GENERAL CABLE INSTALLATION
A. Cable bends shall not be greater than that recommended by the manufacturer of the cable.
B. Care shall be taken so as not to damage cable during the installation process and that
manufacturer’s pull tension specification is not exceeded.
C. Provide a minimum 8’-0” and maximum 10’-0” of slack. Loop at the TRs to be contained
within the fiber enclosure.
D. Within TRs, cables shall be snugly wrapped using Velcro reusable cable ties, a minimum of
every 3’-0” for cable organization. Wire ties shall be tightened so as not to deform cable
jackets and thus affect cable performance.
E. Cable fill in riser conduits shall not exceed 40% cable fill.
F. New TRs must be free from dust, dirt, and other foreign materials before the installation of
any termination hardware or the termination of fiber optic cables. The door to the
telecommunication rooms must be installed and closed during termination.
3.6 CABLE TESTING
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271423 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A. A 100% verification by CNM ITS of all fiber riser cable tests is required. Contractor shall
notify the CNM ITS before the start of testing. Contractor may request CNM ITS to
accompany them in the testing of cables to ensure proper operation of the light meter. If CNM
ITS accompany the Contractor on testing, verification shall not be performed. B. The fiber
optic cables shall be tested utilizing a power meter and stabilized light source capable of
testing at 850 nm and 1300 nm for multimode and 1310nm and 1550nm for single-mode.
Contractor shall complete a fiber optic post installation report at the time of testing containing
meter readings at both 850 nm and 1300 nm for multimode and 1310nm and 1550nm for
single-mode from both directions on each fiber, actual loss and other pertinent data regarding
the cables tested, including model and serial number of test equipment, cable part #, installed
fiber length, building span loss at 850 nm and 1300 nm for multimode and 1310nm and
1550nm for single-mode and date tested. The fiber optic post installation report shall be in a
form substantially similar to 3.6 Attachment 1. Testing required is 100%. Provide test results
on CD/DVD to Owner. Span loss calculations are required on the final test sheet for loss at
850 nm and 1300 nm for multimode and 1310nm and 1550nm for single-mode.
(D x L) + (C x # connectors)
D = Length; L = Loss; C = Connector loss (Max 0.75 dB)
1 ft. = .0003048 km.
Owner will perform 100% verification testing as part of acceptance of all fiber optic cable
testing.
3.7 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND CABLE TERMINATIONS
A. All equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, arranged for convenient
operation, testing and future maintenance.
B. All fiber cables shall be installed and terminated by technicians experienced in the termination
of fiber.
C. The Contractor shall employ certified system installation technicians and have at least 5 years
experience in the installation of similar and equivalent systems.
D. The Contractor shall supply verification of experience, for this type of work, to the Architect
for approval before performing any work.
3.8 AS-BUILT INFORMATION
A. Contractor shall provide as-built information to Owner to accompany all test result
information.
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271423 - 6
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B. As-built information shall be in electronic format in AutoCAD v. 2000. Indicate location of
all riser conduit routes, distribution cable trays, junction boxes, and all additions and deletions
pertaining to telecommunications. Include riser labeling next to all telecom symbols.
C. If construction drawings are not utilized, Contractor shall provide all telecommunications
location information on an accurate scaled floor plan.
3.9 SYSTEM WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor shall perform all labeling requirements and provide testing documentation for
verification as described herein.
B. Contractor shall submit cable records to reflect all moves, adds, and changes.
C. Manufacturer shall provide a system performance warranty for the installed system.
END OF SECTION 27143
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271423 - 7
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271433 – COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL RISER CABLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies, materials,
and testing unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations recognized
as necessary for the installation, termination, and labeling of coaxial riser infrastructure as
described on the Drawings and/or required by these specifications.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271413 Communications Copper Riser Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271423 Communications Optical Fiber Riser Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 COAX RISER CABLING
A. Riser Cables (CATV) - Provide CATV riser cables from the ER to each TR where CATV is
to be distributed from.
1. Riser cables shorter than 150ft shall be Type RG-6, 18 gauge, solid copper center
conductor.
2. Riser cables longer than 150ft shall be Type RG-11, 14 gauge, solid copper center
conductor.
B. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
CommScope
General
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271433 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
3.
4.
Belden
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. This Section describes the installation locations for the products and materials, as well as
methods and CNM ITS CISM Standards associated with the Telecommunications
Installation portions of the Project. These Specifications, along with the drawings and
other CNM ITS supplied specifications shall be followed during the course of the
installation.
2. The Contractor is instructed to coordinate his efforts with the other tradesmen who may be
working within the same vicinity to avoid conflict and lost time.
3. The Contractor is required to supply all necessary tools, equipment, accessories, safety
equipment, protective clothing, etc., as customary for the craft and necessary for the
installation.
4. The Contractor shall verify space requirements and locations with CNM ITS before
starting cable installations and terminations.
5. The Contractor shall verify the cable type and jacket rating required with a CNM ITS
before starting riser cable installation.
6. The Contractor shall verify existing cable fill in riser conduit before installation of
additional cables so as not to exceed 40% cable fill. Contractor will be responsible for
installation of additional riser conduit, where additional cables to be added will exceed the
40% cable fill.
3.2 RISER CONDUITS
A. Provide a nylon pull cord in each empty conduit to facilitate future installation of cables.
B. Communication pathways requiring fire stopping shall utilize removable/re-usable fire
stopping putties for ease of Moves, Adds, and Changes.
C. All fire stopping penetrations shall conform to the recommended practices listed in UL1479
or ASTM E814 and must be labeled with the UL1479 or ASTM E814 reference number,
dated, and signed by the technician who installed the fire stopping material.
3.3 RISER COAX CABLING
A. The riser coax cabling will be terminated at the TR or ER on a wall designated by a CNM
ITS.
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271433 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B. Contractor is responsible to obtain and follow installation instructions for manufacturer
products for correct installation and termination of coax cables on respective products.
C. CNM ITS to provide future taps, splitters, and amplifiers.
3.4 GENERAL CABLE INSTALLATION
A. Cable bends shall not be greater than that recommended by the manufacturer of the cable.
B. Care shall be taken so as not to damage cable during the installation process and that
manufacturer’s pull tension specification is not exceeded.
C. Provide a minimum 8’-0” and maximum 10’-0” of slack. Loop at the TRs to be contained in
the cable tray.
D. Within TRs, cables shall be snugly wrapped using Velcro reusable cable ties, a minimum of
every 3’-0” for cable organization. Wire ties shall be tightened so as not to deform cable
jackets and thus affect cable performance.
E. Cable fill in station conduits, skeletal conduits, raceway, and cable tray shall not exceed 40%
cable fill.
F. New TRs must be free from dust, dirt, and other foreign materials before the installation of
any termination hardware or the termination of copper or fiber optic cables. The door to the
telecommunication rooms must be installed and closed during termination.
3.5 CABLE TESTING
A. The vertical CATV riser cables shall be tested utilizing a Fluke OmniscannerII, Fluke 4000
series tester, or a Fluke DTX scanner. Test unit shall be set up using RG-6 or RG-11 cable
selected, depending on type of cable used. Testing required is 100%. Contractor shall provide
the information files via CD/DVD.
3.6 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND CABLE TERMINATIONS
A. All equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, arranged for convenient
operation, testing and future maintenance.
B. All coax cables shall be installed and terminated by technicians experienced in the termination
of coax cables.
C. The Contractor shall employ certified system installation technicians and have at least 5 years
experience in the installation of similar and equivalent systems.
D. The Contractor shall supply verification of experience, for this type of work, to the Architect
for approval before performing any work.
3.7 AS-BUILT INFORMATION
A. Contractor shall provide as-built information to CNM ITS to accompany all test result
information.
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271433 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B. As-built information shall be in electronic format in AutoCAD version 2000. Indicate
location of all riser conduit routes, distribution cable trays, junction boxes, and all additions
and deletions pertaining to telecommunications. Include riser labeling next to all telecom
symbols.
C. If construction drawings are not utilized, Contractor shall provide all telecommunications
location information on an accurate scaled floor plan.
3.8 SYSTEM WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor shall perform all labeling requirements and provide testing documentation for
verification as described herein.
B. Contractor shall submit cable records to reflect all moves, adds, and changes.
C. Manufacturer shall provide a system performance warranty for the installed system.
END OF SECTION 271433
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL RISER CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271433 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271500 - COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
1.3
Pathways.
UTP cabling.
Multimode optical fiber cabling.
Coaxial cable.
Telecommunications Outlet assemblies.
Cable connecting hardware, patch panels, and cross-connects.
Telecommunications outlet/connectors.
Cabling system identification products.
Cable management system.
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271513 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1.4
DEFINITIONS
A.
Basket Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of wire mesh bottom and side rails.
B.
BICSI: Building Industry Consulting Service International.
C.
Channel Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of a one-piece, ventilated-bottom or
solid-bottom channel.
D.
Consolidation Point: A location for interconnection between horizontal cables extending
from building pathways and horizontal cables extending into furniture pathways.
E.
Cross-Connect:
A facility enabling the termination of cable elements and their
interconnection or cross-connection.
F.
EMI: Electromagnetic interference.
G.
IDC: Insulation displacement connector.
H.
Ladder Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of two longitudinal side rails
connected by individual transverse members (rungs).
I.
LAN: Local area network.
J.
TO: Multiuser telecommunications outlet assembly, a grouping in one location of several
telecommunications outlet/connectors.
K.
Outlet/Connectors: A connecting device in the work area on which horizontal cable or
outlet cable terminates.
L.
RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer.
M.
Solid-Bottom or Nonventilated Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of longitudinal
side rails and a bottom without ventilation openings.
N.
Trough or Ventilated Cable Tray: A fabricated structure consisting of longitudinal side rails
and a bottom having openings for the passage of air.
O.
UTP: Unshielded twisted pair.
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1.5
A.
HORIZONTAL CABLING DESCRIPTION
Horizontal cable and its connecting hardware provide the means of transporting signals
between the telecommunications outlet/connector and the horizontal cross-connect located
in the communications equipment room. This cabling and its connecting hardware are
called "permanent link," a term that is used in the testing protocols.
1.
2.
3.
4.
TIA/EIA-568-B.1 requires that a minimum of two telecommunications
outlet/connectors be installed for each work area. For CNM, the quantity of outlets
will vary depending on the space to be occupied. Refer to Drawings for actual layout
and quantities.
Horizontal cabling shall contain no more that one transition point or consolidation
point between the horizontal cross-connect and the telecommunications
outlet/connector.
Bridged taps and splices shall not be installed in the horizontal cabling.
Splitters shall not be installed as part of the optical fiber cabling.
B.
A work area is approximately 100 sq. ft. (10 sq. m), and includes the components that
extend from the telecommunications outlet/connectors to the station equipment.
C.
The maximum allowable horizontal cable length is 295 feet (90 m). This maximum
allowable length does not include an allowance for the length of 16 feet (4.9 m) to the
workstation equipment. The maximum allowable length does not include an allowance for
the length of 16 feet (4.9 m) in the horizontal cross-connect.
1.6
A.
1.7
A.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
General Performance: Horizontal cabling system shall comply with transmission standards
in TIA/EIA-568-B.1, when tested according to test procedures of this standard.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1.
For coaxial cable, include the following installation data for each type used:
a.
b.
c.
B.
Nominal OD.
Minimum bending radius.
Maximum pulling tension.
Shop Drawings:
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1.
2.
3.
4.
System Labeling Schedules: Electronic copy of labeling schedules, in software and
format selected by CNM.
System Labeling Schedules: Electronic copy of labeling schedules that are part of the
cabling and asset identification system of the software.
Cabling administration drawings and printouts.
Wiring diagrams to show typical wiring schematics, including the following:
a.
b.
c.
5.
6.
Cross-connects.
Patch panels.
Patch cords.
Cross-connects and patch panels. Detail mounting assemblies, and show elevations
and physical relationship between the installed components.
Cable tray layout, showing cable tray route to scale, with relationship between the tray
and adjacent structural, electrical, and mechanical elements. Include the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions.
Clearances for access above and to side of cable trays.
Vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure.
Load calculations to show dead and live loads as not exceeding manufacturer's
rating for tray and its support elements.
C.
Qualification Data:
installed.
D.
Source quality-control reports.
E.
Field quality-control reports.
F.
Maintenance Data: For splices and connectors to include in maintenance manuals.
1.8
A.
Technicians must be manufacturer certified on the system being
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Cabling Installer must have personnel that are manufacturer
certified on staff. Proof will be required.
1.
2.
3.
Layout Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings by a BICSI certified RCDD on
staff.
Installation Supervision: Installation shall be under the direct supervision of a Lead
Technician, who shall be present at all times when Work of this Section is performed
at Project site.
Testing Supervisor: Must be properly trained on test equipment.
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B.
Manufacturer Warranty:
1.
System installed must be manufacturer certified with a system performance warranty
of no less than 15 years.
C.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
D.
Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces: Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A.
E.
Grounding: Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A.
1.9
A.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Test cables upon receipt at Project site.
1.
2.
3.
1.10
Test optical fiber cables to determine the continuity of the strand end to end.
Test optical fiber cables while on reels. Use an optical time domain reflectometer to
verify the cable length and locate cable defects, splices, and connector; including the
loss value of each. Retain test data and include the record in maintenance data.
Test each pair of UTP cable for open and short circuits.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install cables and connecting materials until
plumbing work in spaces is complete and dry, and temporary HVAC system is operating and
maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the
remainder of the construction period.
B.
All equipment rooms included in this work must be cleaned from ceiling to floor prior to the
installation activity being performed in the space.
1.11
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate layout and installation of telecommunications pathways and cabling with
Owner's telecommunications and LAN equipment and service suppliers.
B.
Coordinate telecommunications outlet/connector locations with location of power
receptacles at each work area.
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1.12
A.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Patch-Panel Units: 10% of installed units rounded up.
Connecting Blocks: 10% of installed units rounded up.
Device Faceplates: 10% of installed units rounded up.
Outlet Assemblies: 10% of installed units rounded up.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
UTP CABLE
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
CommScope
Essex
General
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
Description: 100-ohm, 4-pair UTP covered with a blue jacket.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Comply with ICEA S-90-661 for mechanical properties.
Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.1 for performance specifications.
Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.2, Category 6
Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as
complying with UL 444 and NFPA 70 for the following types:
a.
2.2
Communications, Plenum Rated Only: Type CMP
UTP CABLE HARDWARE
B. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
CommScope
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 6
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B.
General Requirements for Cable Connecting Hardware: Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.2,
IDC type, with modules designed for punch-down caps or tools. Cables shall be terminated
with connecting hardware of same category or higher.
C.
Connecting Blocks: 110-style IDC for Category 6. Provide blocks for the number of cables
terminated on the block, plus 25 percent spare. Integral with connector bodies, including
plugs and jacks where indicated.
D.
Cross-Connect: Modular array of connecting blocks arranged to terminate building cables
and permit interconnection between cables.
1.
E.
Patch Panel: Modular panels housing multiple-numbered jack units with IDC-type
connectors at each jack for permanent termination of pair groups of installed cables.
1.
F.
2.3
Number of Terminals per Field: One for each conductor in assigned cables.
Number of Jacks per Field: One for each four-pair UTP cable indicated.
Jacks and Jack Assemblies: Modular, color-coded, eight-position modular receptacle units
with integral IDC-type terminals.
OPTICAL FIBER CABLE
C. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
CommScope
General
OCC
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
Description: Multimode, 50/125-micrometer, 24-fiber, tight buffer, optical fiber cable.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Comply with ICEA S-83-596 for mechanical properties.
Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.3 for performance specifications.
Comply with TIA/EIA-492AAAA-B for detailed specifications.
Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as
complying with UL 444, UL 1651, and NFPA 70 for the following types:
a.
5.
6.
Plenum Rated, Nonconductive: Type OFNP, complying with NFPA 262.
Maximum Attenuation: 3.5dB/km at 850 nm; 1.5dB/km at 1300 nm.
Minimum Modal Bandwidth: 160 MHz-km at 850 nm; 500 MHz-km at 1300 nm.
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 7
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
C.
Jacket:
1.
2.
3.
2.4
Jacket Color: Aqua for 50/125-micrometer cable.
Cable cordage jacket, fiber, unit, and group color shall be according to TIA/EIA-598B.
Imprinted with fiber count, fiber type, and aggregate length at regular intervals not to
exceed 40 inches (1000 mm).
OPTICAL FIBER CABLE HARDWARE
D. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Cross-Connects and Patch Panels:
cable connectors.
1.
C.
Modular panels housing multiple-numbered, duplex
Number of Connectors per Field: One for each fiber of cable or cables assigned to
field, plus spares and blank positions adequate to suit specified expansion criteria.
Cable Connecting Hardware:
1.
2.
2.5
CommScope
Hubbell
3M
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
Comply with Optical Fiber Connector Intermateability Standards (FOCIS)
specifications of TIA/EIA-604-2, TIA/EIA-604-3-A, and TIA/EIA-604-12. Comply
with TIA/EIA-568-B.3.
Quick-connect, simplex and duplex, available in SC, ST, LC and MT-RJ style
connectors. Insertion loss not more than 0.75 dB.
COAXIAL CABLE
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
CommScope
Belden
General
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 8
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B.
2.6
Cable Characteristics: Broadband type, recommended by cable manufacturer specifically
for broadband data transmission applications. Coaxial cable and accessories shall have 75ohm nominal impedance with a return loss of 20 dB maximum from 7 to 806 MHz.
CONSOLIDATION POINTS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
CommScope
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
Description: Consolidation points shall comply with requirements for cable connecting
hardware.
1.
2.
Number of Terminals per Field: One for each conductor in assigned cables.
Number of Connectors per Field:
a.
b.
2.7
One for each four-pair UTP cable indicated.
One for each four-pair conductor group of indicated cables, plus 25 percent
spare positions.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET ASSEMBLY (TO)
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
CommScope
Essex
General
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
Description: TO’s shall meet the requirements for cable connecting hardware.
1.
2.
Number of Terminals per Field: One for each conductor in assigned cables.
Number of Connectors per Field:
a.
b.
One for each four-pair UTP cable indicated.
One for each four-pair conductor group of indicated cables.
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 9
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2.8
TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET/CONNECTORS
A.
Jacks: 100-ohm, balanced, twisted-pair connector; four-pair, eight-position modular.
Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.1.
B.
Workstation Outlets: 3-port-connector assemblies mounted in single gang faceplate.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.9
Plastic Faceplate: High-impact plastic.
Metal Faceplate for Wall phone: Stainless Steel.
For use with snap-in jacks accommodating any combination of UTP, optical fiber, and
coaxial work area cords.
a.
Flush mounting jacks, positioning the cord at a 90-degree angle.
Legend: Machine printed, in the field, using adhesive-tape label.
Legend: Snap-in, clear-label covers and machine-printed paper inserts.
GROUNDING
A.
Comply with requirements in Division 270526 Section "Grounding and Bonding" for
grounding conductors and connectors.
B.
Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A.
2.10
IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
A.
Comply with TIA/EIA-606-A and UL 969 for labeling materials, including label stocks,
laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers.
B.
Comply with requirements in Division 270553 Section "Identification for Communications
Systems."
2.11
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Factory test UTP and optical fiber cables on reels according to TIA/EIA-568-B.1.
B.
Factory test UTP cables according to TIA/EIA-568-B.2.
C.
Factory test multimode optical fiber cables according to TIA/EIA-526-14-A and TIA/EIA568-B.3.
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 10
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
D.
Factory-sweep test coaxial cables at frequencies from 5 MHz to 1 GHz. Sweep test shall
test the frequency response, or attenuation over frequency, of a cable by generating a voltage
whose frequency is varied through the specified frequency range and graphing the results.
E.
Cable will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
F.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A.
3.2
A.
ENTRANCE FACILITIES
Coordinate backbone cabling with the protectors and demarcation point provided by
communications service provider to ensure proper placement within room.
WIRING METHODS
Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways and cable trays except within consoles, cabinets,
desks, and counters. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces.
1.
2.
Install plenum cable in all spaces regardless of Plenum environment.
Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Division 270528
Section.
B.
Wiring Method: Conceal conductors and cables in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors
where possible.
C.
Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle and train cables to terminal points with no excess and
without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii.
3.3
INSTALLATION OF PATHWAYS
A.
Cable Trays: Comply with NEMA VE 2 and TIA/EIA-569-A-7.
B.
Comply with requirements for demarcation point, pathways, cabinets, and racks specified in
Division 271101 Section. Drawings indicate general arrangement of pathways and fittings.
C.
Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A for pull-box sizing and length of conduit and number of bends
between pull points.
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 11
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
D.
Comply with requirements in Division 270528 Section for installation of conduits and
wireways.
E.
Install manufactured conduit sweeps and long-radius elbows whenever possible.
F.
Pathway Installation in Communications Equipment Rooms:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
G.
3.4
Position conduit ends adjacent to a corner on backboard where a single piece of
plywood is installed, or in the corner of room where multiple sheets of plywood are
installed around perimeter walls of room.
Install cable trays to route cables if conduits cannot be located in these positions.
Secure conduits to backboard when entering room from overhead.
Extend conduits 4 inches (100 mm) above finished floor.
Install metal conduits with grounding bushings and connect with grounding conductor
to grounding system.
Backboards: Install backboards with 96-inch (2440-mm) dimension vertical. Butt adjacent
sheets tightly, and form smooth gap-free corners and joints.
INSTALLATION OF CABLES
A.
Comply with NECA 1.
B.
General Requirements for Cabling:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.1.
Comply with BICSI ITSIM, Ch. 6, "Cable Termination Practices."
Install 110-style IDC termination hardware unless otherwise indicated.
TO shall not be used as a cross-connect point.
Consolidation points may be used only for making a direct connection to
telecommunications outlet/connectors:
a.
b.
6.
7.
Do not use consolidation point as a cross-connect point, as a patch connection,
or for direct connection to workstation equipment.
Locate consolidation points for UTP at least 49 feet (15 m) from
communications equipment room.
Terminate conductors; no cable shall contain unterminated elements. Make
terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, cross-connects, and patch panels.
Cables may not be spliced. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30
inches (760 mm) and not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from cabinets, boxes, fittings,
outlets, racks, frames, and terminals.
8.
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 12
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
C.
UTP Cable Installation:
1.
2.
D.
Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.3.
Cable may be terminated on connecting hardware that is rack or cabinet mounted.
Open-Cable Installation:
1.
2.
3.
F.
Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.2.
Do not untwist UTP cables more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) from the point of termination
to maintain cable geometry.
Optical Fiber Cable Installation:
1.
2.
E.
Bundle and train conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's
limitations on bending radii, but not less than radii specified in BICSI TDMM,
"Cabling Termination Practices" Chapter. Install support bars and distribution spools.
Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice
cable between termination, tap, or junction points. Remove and discard cable if
damaged during installation and replace it with new cable.
Cold-Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Heat
lamps shall not be used for heating.
In the communications equipment room, install a 10-foot- (3-m-) long service loop on
each end of cable.
Pulling Cable: Comply with BICSI TDMM, Ch. 4, "Pulling Cable" and manufacturer
recommended practices. Monitor cable pull tensions.
Install cabling with horizontal and vertical cable guides in telecommunications spaces
with terminating hardware and interconnection equipment.
Suspend UTP cable not in a wireway or pathway a minimum of 8 inches (200 mm)
above ceilings by cable supports not more than 60 inches (1524 mm) apart.
Cable shall not be run through structural members or in contact with pipes, ducts, or
other potentially damaging items.
Installation of Cable Routed Exposed under Raised Floors:
1.
2.
3.
Install plenum-rated cable only.
Install cabling after the flooring system has been installed in raised floor areas.
Coil cable 6 feet (1800 mm) long not less than 12 inches (300 mm) in diameter below
each feed point.
G.
Group connecting hardware for cables into separate logical fields.
H.
Separation from EMI Sources:
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 13
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1.
2.
Comply with BICSI TDMM and TIA/EIA-569-A for separating unshielded copper
voice and data communication cable from potential EMI sources, including electrical
power lines and equipment.
Separation between open communications cables or cables in nonmetallic raceways
and unshielded power conductors and electrical equipment shall be as follows:
a.
b.
c.
3.
Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and
unshielded power lines or electrical equipment shall be as follows:
a.
b.
c.
4.
c.
6.
3.5
A.
Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 2-1/2 inches (64
mm).
Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches
(150 mm).
Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches (300
mm).
Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and power
lines and electrical equipment located in grounded metallic conduits or enclosures
shall be as follows:
a.
b.
5.
Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 5 inches (127
mm).
Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches
(300 mm).
Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 24 inches (610
mm).
Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: No requirement.
Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 3 inches (76
mm).
Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches (150
mm).
Separation between Communications Cables and Electrical Motors and Transformers,
5 kVA or HP and Larger: A minimum of 48 inches (1200 mm).
Separation between Communications Cables and Fluorescent Fixtures: A minimum of
5 inches (127 mm).
FIRESTOPPING
Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 14
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B.
Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A, Annex A, "Firestopping."
C.
Comply with BICSI TDMM, "Firestopping Systems" Article.
D.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.6
STI
3M
Nelson
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
GROUNDING
A.
Install grounding according to Division 270526 “Grounding and Bonding.”
B.
Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A.
C.
Locate grounding bus bar to minimize the length of bonding conductors. Fasten to wall
allowing at least 2-inch (50-mm) clearance behind the grounding bus bar. Connect
grounding bus bar with a minimum No. 4 AWG grounding electrode conductor from
grounding bus bar to suitable electrical building ground.
D.
Bond metallic equipment to the grounding bus bar, using not smaller than No. 6 AWG
equipment grounding conductor.
3.7
A.
IDENTIFICATION
Identify system components, wiring, and cabling complying with TIA/EIA-606-A. Comply
with requirements for identification specified in Division 270553 Section "Identification for
Communications Systems."
1.
Color-code cross-connect fields. Apply colors to voice and data service backboards,
connections, covers, and labels.
B.
Comply with requirements in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting" for painting
backboards. For fire-resistant plywood, do not paint over manufacturer's label.
C.
Paint and label colors for equipment identification shall comply with TIA/EIA-606-A.
D.
Cable Schedule: Post in prominent location in each equipment room and wiring closet. List
incoming and outgoing cables and their designations, origins, and destinations. Protect with
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 15
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
rigid frame and clear plastic cover. Furnish an electronic copy of final comprehensive
schedules for Project.
E.
Cabling Administration Drawings: Show building floor plans with cabling administrationpoint labeling. Identify labeling convention and show labels for telecommunications closets,
terminal hardware and positions, horizontal cables, work areas and workstation terminal
positions, grounding buses and pathways, and equipment grounding conductors. Furnish
electronic record of all drawings, in software and format selected by CNM ITS.
F.
Cable and Wire Identification:
1.
2.
Label each cable within 4 inches (100 mm) of each termination and tap, where it is
accessible in a cabinet or junction or outlet box, and elsewhere as indicated.
Label each terminal strip and screw terminal in each cabinet, rack, or panel.
a.
b.
3.
4.
G.
Identification within Connector Fields in Equipment Rooms and Wiring Closets:
Label each connector and each discrete unit of cable-terminating and connecting
hardware.
Uniquely identify and label work area cables extending from the TO to the work area.
These cables may not exceed the length stated on the TO label.
Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type with printing area and font color that
contrasts with cable jacket color but still complies with requirements in TIA/EIA-606-A.
1.
3.8
Individually number wiring conductors connected to terminal strips, and identify
each cable or wiring group being extended from a panel or cabinet to a buildingmounted device shall be identified with name and number of particular device as
shown.
Label each unit and field within distribution racks and frames.
Cables use flexible vinyl or polyester that flex as cables are bent.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
Visually inspect UTP and optical fiber cable jacket materials for NRTL certification
markings. Inspect cabling terminations in communications equipment rooms for
compliance with color-coding for pin assignments, and inspect cabling connections for
compliance with TIA/EIA-568-B.1.
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 16
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
2.
3.
4.
Visually confirm Category 6 marking of outlets, cover plates, outlet/connectors, and
patch panels.
Visually inspect cable placement, cable termination, grounding and bonding,
equipment and patch cords, and labeling of all components.
Test UTP backbone copper cabling for DC loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent
faults, and polarity between conductors. Test operation of shorting bars in connection
blocks. Test cables after termination but not cross-connection.
a.
5.
Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements in TIA/EIA-568B.2. Perform tests with a tester that complies with performance requirements in
"Test Instruments (Normative)" Annex, complying with measurement accuracy
specified in "Measurement Accuracy (Informative)" Annex. Use only test cords
and adapters that are qualified by test equipment manufacturer for channel or
link test configuration.
Optical Fiber Cable Tests:
a.
b.
Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements in TIA/EIA-568B.1. Use only test cords and adapters that are qualified by test equipment
manufacturer for channel or link test configuration.
Link End-to-End Attenuation Tests:
1)
2)
6.
Horizontal and multimode backbone link measurements: Test at 850 or
1300 nm in 1 direction according to TIA/EIA-526-14-A, Method B, One
Reference Jumper.
Attenuation test results for backbone links shall be less than 2.0 dB.
Attenuation test results shall be less than that calculated according to
equation in TIA/EIA-568-B.1.
UTP Performance Tests:
a.
Test for each outlet and TO. Perform the following tests according to TIA/EIA568-B.1 and TIA/EIA-568-B.2:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
Wire map.
Length (physical vs. electrical, and length requirements).
Insertion loss.
Near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss.
Power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) loss.
Equal-level far-end crosstalk (ELFEXT).
Power sum equal-level far-end crosstalk (PSELFEXT).
Return loss.
Propagation delay.
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 17
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
10)
7.
8.
Delay skew.
Optical Fiber Cable Performance Tests: Perform optical fiber end-to-end link tests
according to TIA/EIA-568-B.1 and TIA/EIA-568-B.3.
Coaxial Cable Tests: Conduct tests according to Division 27 Section "Master Antenna
Television System."
C.
Document data for each measurement. All tests will be captured in tester native format and
provided to CNM ITS in native format along with viewer on CD to view results. No
hardcopies are required.
D.
End-to-end cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
E.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
END OF SECTION 271500
COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271500 - 18
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271513 – COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING
PART 1: GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies, materials,
and testing unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations recognized
as necessary for the installation, termination, and labeling of grounding and bonding
infrastructure as described on the Drawings and/or required by these specifications.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. The materials and products specified herein reflect the minimum acceptable standards of
fabrication and manufacture. All materials and products supplied by the Contractor and
specified herein are to be new, unused, of first quality and in original packaging or shipping
containers or as shown on drawings and described in Item 3.1.
B. New buildings and major renovations will be treated differently than existing buildings.
Existing buildings will utilize Category 6 cabling and termination hardware for voice and
data. New building construction and CNM ITS approved large-scale renovations will utilize
Category 6 cabling and termination hardware for voice and data. Contact CNM Information
Technology Telecommunications Department Representative for approval of cabling systems
before installation.
2.2 HORIZONTAL UTP CABLING
A. All buildings will utilize Category 6 cabling:
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271513 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1. Single 4-pair, Category 6, unshielded twisted pairs, 23 gauge, bare copper, polyethylene
insulated conductors, with overall BLUE PVC flame retardant jacket, CMP rated.
B. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
CommScope
General
Essex
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. This Section describes the installation locations for the products and materials, as well as
methods and CNM ITS CISM Standards associated with the Telecommunications
Installation portions of the Project. These Specifications, along with the drawings and
other CNM ITS supplied specifications shall be followed during the course of the
installation.
2. The Contractor is required to be currently listed as a registered Certified Installer and
provide personnel for telecommunications installations who are certified. See Warranty
information 3.10.
3. The Contractor is instructed to coordinate his efforts with the other tradesmen who may be
working within the same vicinity to avoid conflict and lost time.
4. The Contractor is required to supply all necessary tools, equipment, accessories, safety
equipment, protective clothing, etc., as customary for the craft and necessary for the
installation.
5. The Contractor shall verify space requirements and locations with CNM ITS before
starting cable installations and terminations.
6. The Contractor shall verify the cable type and jacket rating required with CNM ITS before
starting cable installation.
7. The Contractor shall verify existing cable fill in conduit, raceway or cable tray system
before installation of additional cables so as not to exceed 40% cable fill. Contractor will
be responsible for installation of additional conduit, raceway or cable tray where
additional cables to be added will exceed the 40% cable fill. See cable fill TABLE ON
Page 6.
3.2 CABLE TRAY, AND STATION CONDUITS
A. Provide a nylon pull cord in each conduit to facilitate future installation of cables.
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271513 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B. Provide nylon pull cord in each conduit and extended in raceway to openings for faceplates to
facilitate future installation of cables in sections greater than 30 feet.
C. Provide a nylon pull cord in each straight section of cable tray. Pull cord shall be continuous
from each end of the straight section of tray.
3.3 HORIZONTAL COPPER CABLING
A. The copper telephone horizontal cabling will be terminated at the TR or ER on RJ-45/110
type patch panels.
B. The copper data horizontal cabling will be terminated at the TR or ER on patch panels as
described herein. Where patch panels are mounted in equipment frames, equally distribute
cables on each side, down the vertical wire management, and into the horizontal wire
management so as not to exceed wire management fill.
C. Horizontal cabling shall be terminated such that wire pair twists are maintained as closely as
possible to the point of mechanical termination. (No greater than 0.5” for Category 6 cables.)
D. Maximum strip length shall be 1.0” or less. Maintain cable sheath to leading edge of
connector block.
E. Contractor is responsible to obtain and follow installation instructions for manufacturer
products for correct termination and wire management of cables on respective products.
F. CNM ITS to provide future cross-connect terminations to Campus switch.
G. Horizontal cables shall be terminated in the telecom room serving that floor unless otherwise
noted. Exceptions would include telecom rooms serving multiple floors.
3.4 RELOCATION AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING TELECOM OUTLETS (TO)
A. Where the relocation of existing TO’s is required and the new location will allow the existing
cables to reach, the cables may be disconnected and removed back to the hallway or raceway
system for installation into the new TO. Where existing cables will not reach, new cables shall
be installed to the TR. The new TO location shall be relabeled. This installation requires a
retest of the voice and data cables.
B. Where the removal of existing TO’s is required, the contractor shall remove the TO raceway,
conduits, and cables back to the exterior of the TR. Contractor shall notify CNM ITS
Representative at the time of removal. CNM ITS will remove all items within the TRs.
Removal of existing TO’s requires as-built information from the contractor. Contractors are to
supply a copy of the construction floor plan indicating where the TO was removed and the
labeling information on the TO.
C. Wherever a TO is removed, a blank faceplate is to be installed to match the other outlets in
the room. Provide a pull string in the vacant conduit for future pulls.
3.5 WIRING CONFIGURATION
A. Wire all jacks according to ANSI/TIA/EIA T568-B configuration.
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271513 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
3.6 GENERAL CABLE INSTALLATION
A. Cable lengths within boxes shall be adequate to permit installation and removal of device for
inspection without damage to cable or connections (minimum of 12”).
B. Cable bends shall not be greater than that recommended by the manufacturer of the cable.
C. Care shall be taken so as not to damage cable during the installation process and that
manufacturer’s pull tension specification is not exceeded.
D. Route cables so that no horizontal cable exceeds 90 meters between TR termination and
device jack termination. Contact CNM ITS Representative if this is not probable with TR
location.
E. Provide a minimum 8’-0” and maximum 10’-0” of slack. Loop at the TRs to be contained in
the cable tray. Smaller slack loops may be required at ER cabinets.
F. Within TRs, cables shall be snugly wrapped using Velcro reusable cable ties, a minimum of
every 3’-0” for cable organization. Cable bundles should not exceed more than 25 cables in
any run.
G. Velcro cable ties and tie wraps shall not be used in cable trays and systems outside of the TR.
H. Cable fill in station conduits, conduits, raceway, and cable tray shall not exceed 40% cable
fill.
I. New TRs must be free from dust, dirt, and other foreign materials from the ceiling to the floor
before the installation of any termination hardware or the termination of copper or fiber optic
cables. The door to the telecommunication rooms must be installed and closed during
termination.
J. Contractor is responsible for the protection of all telecommunications equipment in existing
Telecommunications Rooms (TR). Contractor shall contact the CNM ITS before starting any
work in an existing TR that might cause dust and debris from harming network equipment.
3.7 CABLE TESTING
A. Verification testing up to 20% of the installed plant may be performed by CNM personnel of
all horizontal voice and data cable tests will be performed. Contractor shall notify the CNM
ITS before the start of testing. Contractor may request CNM personnel to accompany them in
the testing of cables to ensure proper information entry into the Tester. If CNM personnel
accompany the Contractor on testing, verification shall not be performed.
A. The horizontal cabling consisting of single 4-pair cable runs shall be tested for Category 6
compliance utilizinga Fluke DTX series tester, or other approved tester, with specific test
cords needed for the specific type of jacks used. Contact CNM ITSs Representative for
proper test cord part numbers. Test unit shall be set up using: 1) Cat. 6 permanent link test, 2)
actual cable # installed (e.g. CommScope #5EN5). Contractor shall provide downloaded files
via CD/DVD and hard copy printout of cable certification reports for each jack. Fluke
Linkware software shall be set up to print certification reports in plain text format. Cable
certification and summary reports shall be produced by downloading collected data
information from the Fluke tester to a PC utilizing Fluke Linkware software. Testing required
is 100%. Contractor shall provide the “.flw” files on CD/DVD. The file shall contain only the
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271513 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
“.flw” files for all tested locations. The disk shall contain individual files for each TR
separated into data tests and tests. e.g. File name FS1106voice.flw contains all tests fed from
TR 1106. File name FS2106voice.flw contains all tests fed from TR 2106. CNM ITS will
perform random verification testing as part of acceptance of all copper voice cable testing.
3.8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND CABLE TERMINATIONS
A. All equipment shall be installed in a neat and professional manner, arranged for convenient
operation, testing and future maintenance.
B. All paired cables shall be installed and terminated by technicians experienced in the
termination of cables on connector blocks.
C. The Contractor shall employ certified system installation technicians and have at least 5 years
experience in the installation of similar and equivalent systems.
D. The Contractor shall supply verification of experience, for this type of work, to the Architect
for approval before performing any work.
3.9 AS-BUILT INFORMATION
A. Contractor shall provide as-built information to CNM ITS to accompany all test result
information.
B. As-built information shall be in electronic format in AutoCAD version 2000. Indicate location
of all Outlets, and riser conduit routes, distribution cable trays, junction boxes, and all
additions and deletions pertaining to telecommunications. Include correct Outlet labeling next
to all telecom symbols.
C. If construction drawings are not utilized, Contractor shall provide all telecommunications
location information on an accurate scaled floor plan.
3.10 SYSTEM WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor shall perform all labeling requirements and provide testing documentation for
verification as described herein.
B. Contractor shall submit cable records to reflect all moves, adds, and changes.
C. Contractor shall provide floor plans showing locations of all telecommunication outlets and
spaces. See Item 3.9.
D. Contractor shall perform these requirements for Category 6 permanent link configurations and
submit to the hardware manufacturer such paperwork and test results as necessary to obtain
the 25-year system performance guarantee to CNM ITS as defined by the cable and hardware
manufacturers. The original 25-year system warranty shall be provided to CNM ITS prior to
final payment for this work.
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271513 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
END OF SECTION 271513
COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271513 - 6
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271523 – COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER HORIZONTAL
CABLING
PART 1: GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies, materials,
and testing unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations recognized
as necessary for the installation, termination, and labeling of horizontal optical fiber
infrastructure as described on the Drawings and/or required by these specifications.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271513 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FIBER CABLING
A. Single-mode Fiber Optic Outlet Cable - Provide horizontal fiber optic cable from outlet
through conduits to cable tray then through cable tray to TR or ER.
1. Each single-mode fiber optic cable shall be a MIC type tight buffered fiber. Typical fiber
outlets consist of a two-strand fan out type. Number of strands may vary depending on
project.
B. Multimode Fiber Optic Outlet Cable - Provide horizontal fiber optic cable from outlet through
conduits to cable tray then through cable tray to TR or ER.
1. Each multimode fiber optic cable shall be a MIC type tight buffered fiber. Typical fiber
outlets consist of a two-strand fan out type fiber. Number of strands may vary depending
on project.
2.2 MANUFACTURER
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271523 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
CommScope
General
OCC
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. This Section describes the installation locations for the products and materials, as well as
methods and CNM ITS CISM Standards associated with the Telecommunications
Installation portions of the Project. These Specifications, along with the drawings and
other CNM ITS supplied specifications shall be followed during the course of the
installation.
2. The Contractor is instructed to coordinate his efforts with the other tradesmen who may be
working within the same vicinity to avoid conflict and lost time.
3. The Contractor is required to supply all necessary tools, equipment, accessories, safety
equipment, protective clothing, etc., as customary for the craft and necessary for the
installation.
4. The Contractor shall verify space requirements and locations with CNM ITS before
starting cable installations and terminations.
5. The Contractor shall verify the cable type and jacket rating required with CNM ITS before
starting fiber installation.
6. The Contractor shall verify existing cable fill in conduit, raceway or cable tray system
before installation of additional cables so as not to exceed 40% cable fill. Contractor will
be responsible for installation of additional conduit, raceway or cable tray where
additional cables to be added will exceed the 40% cable fill. See cable fill attachment, 3.1
Attachment #1.
3.2 EMPTY STATION CONDUITS
A. Provide a nylon pull cord in each empty conduit to facilitate future installation of cables.
B. Provide a nylon pull cord in each empty conduit and extended in raceway to openings for
faceplates to facilitate future installation of cables.
3.03 HORIZONTAL FIBER CABLING
A. The horizontal fiber cabling will be terminated at the TR or ER in a rack mountable enclosure.
B. Contractor is responsible to obtain and follow manufacturer installation instructions for
correct termination and fiber management of cables on respective products.
C. CNM ITS to provide future cross terminations to network equipment.
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271523 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
3.5 FIBER COLOR CODES
A. Fiber Color Code Number Color
1
Blue
2
Orange
3
Green
4
Brown
5
Slate
6
White
7
Red
8
Black
9
Yellow
10
Violet
11
Rose
12
Aqua
3.6 GENERAL FIBER INSTALLATION
A. Cable lengths within boxes shall be adequate to permit installation and removal of device for
inspection without damage to cable or connections (minimum of 12”).
B. Cable bends shall not be greater than that recommended by the manufacturer of the cable.
C. Care shall be taken so as not to damage cable during the installation process and that
manufacturer’s pull tension specification is not exceeded.
D. Route cables so that no horizontal cable exceeds 90 meters between TR termination and
device jack termination. Contact CNM ITS if this is not probable with TR location.
E. Provide a minimum 8’-0” and maximum 10’-0” of slack. Loop at the TRs to be contained
within the fiber enclosure.
F. Within TRs, cables shall be snugly wrapped using Velcro reusable cable ties, a minimum of
every 3’-0” for cable organization. Velcro ties shall be tightened so as not to deform cable
jackets and thus affect cable performance.
G. Cable fill in station conduits, raceway, and cable tray shall not exceed 40% cable fill.
H. New TRs must be free from dust, dirt, and other foreign materials before the installation of
any termination hardware or the termination of copper or fiber optic cables. The door to the
telecommunication rooms must be installed and closed during termination.
3.7 CABLE TESTING
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271523 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A. A 100% verification by CNM ITS of all horizontal fiber cable tests will be performed.
Contractor shall notify the CNM ITS before the start of testing. Contractor may request CNM
ITS to accompany them in the testing of cables to ensure proper information entry into the
Omniscanner. If CNM personnel accompany the Contractor on testing, verification shall not
be performed.
B. The fiber optic cables shall be tested utilizing a power meter and stabilized light source
capable of testing at 850 nm and 1300 nm for multimode and 1310nm and 1550nm for singlemode. Contractor shall complete a fiber optic post installation report at the time of testing
containing meter readings at both 850 nm and 1300 nm for multimode and 1310nm and
1550nm for single-mode in one direction (TR to outlet) on each fiber, actual loss and other
pertinent data regarding the cables tested, including model and serial number of test
equipment, cable part #, installed fiber length, building span loss at 850 nm and 1300 nm for
multimode and 1310nm and 1550nm for single-mode and date tested. The fiber optic post
installation report shall be in a form substantially similar to 3.7 Attachment 1. Testing
required is 100%. Place in a 3-ring binder, preceded by a tabbed divider and label as
“Horizontal Fiber”. Span loss calculations are required on the final test sheet for loss at 850
nm and 1300 nm for multimode and 1310nm and 1550nm for singlemode.
(D x L) + (C x # connectors)
D = Length; L = Loss; C = Connector loss (Max 0.75 dB)
1 ft. = .0003048 km.
CNM ITS will perform random verification testing as part of acceptance of all fiber optic
cable testing.
3.8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND CABLE TERMINATIONS
A. All equipment shall be installed in a neat and professional manner, arranged for convenient
operation, testing and future maintenance.
B. All fiber cables shall be installed and terminated by technicians experienced in the installation
and termination of fiber cables.
C. The Contractor shall employ certified system installation technicians and have at least 5 years
experience in the installation of similar and equivalent systems.
D. The Contractor shall supply verification of experience, for this type of work, to CNM for
approval before performing any work.
3.9 AS-BUILT INFORMATION
A. Contractor shall provide as-built information to CNM ITS to accompany all test result
information.
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271523 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
B. As-built information shall be in electronic format in AutoCAD Version 2000. Indicate
location of all Outlets, distribution cable trays, junction boxes, and all additions and deletions
pertaining to telecommunications. Include correct Outlet labeling next to all telecom symbols.
3.10 SYSTEM WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor shall perform all labeling requirements and provide testing documentation for
verification as described herein.
B. Contractor shall submit cable records to reflect all moves, adds, and changes.
C. Contractor shall provide floor plans showing locations of all telecommunication outlets and
spaces. See Item 3.9.
END OF SECTION 271523
COMMUNICATIONS OPTICAL FIBER HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271523 - 5
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271533 – COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL HORIZONTAL
CABLING
PART 1: GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies, materials,
and testing unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations recognized
as necessary for the installation, termination, and labeling of horizontal coax infrastructure as
described on the Drawings and/or required by these specifications.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271513 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271543 Communications Faceplates and Connectors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 COAX CABLING
A. Horizontal Cables (CATV) - Provide CATV cables from designated outlets in rooms through
conduits to hallway to TR or ER.
1. Each CATV cable shall be Type RG-6, 18 gauge, solid copper center conductor, quadshield,.
2. Where plenum CATV cable is required use cable with overall natural Flamarrest jacket,
CMP rated.
B. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Commscope
Belden
General
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271533 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. This Section describes the installation locations for the products and materials, as well as
methods and CNM ITS’s Standards associated with the Telecommunications Installation
portions of the Project. These Specifications, along with the drawings and other CNM ITS
supplied specifications shall be followed during the course of the installation.
2. The Contractor is instructed to coordinate his efforts with the other tradesmen who may be
working within the same vicinity to avoid conflict and lost time.
3. The Contractor is required to supply all necessary tools, equipment, accessories, safety
equipment, protective clothing, etc., as customary for the craft and necessary for the
installation.
4. The Contractor shall verify space requirements and locations with CNM ITS before
starting cable installations and terminations.
5. The Contractor shall verify the cable type and jacket rating required with CNM ITS before
starting coax installation.
6. The Contractor shall verify existing cable fill in conduit, raceway or cable tray system
before installation of additional cables so as not to exceed 40% cable fill. Contractor will
be responsible for installation of additional conduit, raceway or cable tray where
additional cables to be added will exceed the 40% cable fill. See cable fill attachment, 3.1
Attachment #1.
3.2 EMPTY STATION CONDUITS
A. Provide a nylon pull cord in each empty conduit to facilitate future installation of cables.
B. Provide a nylon pull cord in each empty conduit and extended in raceway to openings for
faceplates to facilitate future installation of cables.
3.3 HORIZONTAL COAX CABLING
A. The horizontal coax cabling will be terminated at the TR or ER on a wall designated by CNM
ITS.
B. Contractor is responsible to obtain and follow manufacturer installation instructions for
correct termination and coax management of cables on respective products.
C. CNM ITS to provide future taps, splitters, and amplifiers.
3.4 GENERAL COAX INSTALLATION
A. Cable lengths within boxes shall be adequate to permit installation and removal of device for
inspection without damage to cable or connections (minimum of 6”).
B. Cable bends shall not be greater than that recommended by the manufacturer of the cable.
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271533 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
C. Care shall be taken so as not to damage cable during the installation process and that
manufacturer’s pull tension specification is not exceeded.
D. Route cables so that no horizontal cable exceeds 90 meters between TR termination and
device jack termination. Contact CNM ITS if this is not probable with TR location.
E. Provide a minimum 8’-0” and maximum 10’-0” of slack. Loop at the TRs to be contained in
the cable tray.
F. Within TRs, cables shall be snugly wrapped using Velcro reusable cable ties, a minimum of
every 3’-0” for cable organization. Wire ties shall be tightened so as not to deform cable
jackets and thus affect cable performance.
G. Cable fill in station conduits, conduits, raceway, and cable tray shall not exceed 40% cable
fill.
H. New TRs must be free from dust, dirt, and other foreign materials before the installation of
any termination hardware or the termination of copper or fiber optic cables. The door to the
telecommunication rooms must be installed and closed during termination.
3.5 CABLE TESTING
A. The CATV horizontal station cabling consisting of RG-6 shall be tested for length utilizing a
Fluke OmniscannerII, Fluke 4000 series tester, or Fluke DTX scanner. Test unit shall be set
up using RG-6 cable selected. All tests shall be conducted at the opposite end from the
ER\TR. Contractor shall provide cable summary report for each CATV outlet similar to 3.5
Attachment 1. Testing required is 100%. Contractor shall provide the information files via email or printout. CNM ITS will perform random verification testing as part of acceptance of
all CATV cable testing. Summary report shall have additional information on the sheet to
indicate building and TR or ER.
.
3.6 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND CABLE TERMINATIONS
A. All equipment shall be installed in a neat and professional manner, arranged for convenient
operation, testing and future maintenance.
B. All coax cables shall be installed and terminated by technicians experienced in the installation
and termination of coax cables.
C. The Contractor shall employ certified system installation technicians and have at least 5 years
experience in the installation of similar and equivalent systems.
D. The Contractor shall supply verification of experience, for this type of work, to the Architect
for approval before performing any work.
3.7 AS-BUILT INFORMATION
A. Contractor shall provide as-built information to CNM ITS to accompany all test result
information.
B. As-built information shall be in electronic format in AutoCAD version 2000. Indicate
location of all Outlets, riser conduit routes, distribution cable trays, junction boxes, and all
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271533 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
additions and deletions pertaining to telecommunications. Include correct Outlet labeling next
to all telecom symbols.
C. If construction drawings are not utilized, Contractor shall provide all telecommunications
location information on an accurate scaled floor plan.
3.8 SYSTEM WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor shall perform all labeling requirements and provide testing documentation for
verification as described herein.
B. Contractor shall submit cable records to reflect all moves, adds, and changes.
C. Contractor shall provide floor plans showing locations of all telecommunication outlets and
spaces. See Item 3.7.
END OF SECTION 271533
COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL HORIZONTAL CABLING
Version 12DEC2007
271533 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
SECTION 271543 – FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work covered by this Section shall consist of furnishing labor, equipment, supplies, materials,
and testing unless otherwise specified, and in performing the following operations recognized
as necessary for the installation, termination, and labeling of faceplates and connectors as
described on the Drawings and/or required by these specifications.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Division 27, Section 270528 Pathways for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 270553 Identification for Communication Systems.
Division 27, Section 271119 Communications Termination Blocks and Patch Panels.
Division 27, Section 271313 Communications Copper Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271323 Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271333 Communications Coaxial Backbone Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271513 Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271523 Communications Optical Fiber Horizontal Cabling.
Division 27, Section 271533 Communications Coaxial Horizontal Cabling.
1.3 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Leviton
Commscope Hubbell
General
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUIT AND OUTLET BOXES
A. See Section 270528 – Pathways for Communication Systems
2.2 TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
A. General: The materials and products specified herein reflect the minimum acceptable
standards of fabrication and manufacture. All materials and products supplied by the
COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS
Version 12DEC2007
271543 - 1
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
Contractor and specified herein are to be new, unused, of first quality and in original
packaging or shipping containers or as shown on drawings and described in Item 3.1.
B. New buildings and major renovations will be treated differently than existing buildings.
Existing buildings will utilize Category 6 cabling and termination hardware for voice and
data. New building construction and CNM ITS approved large-scale renovations will utilize
Category 6 cabling and termination hardware for all new cabling and termination hardware
for data. Contact CNM ITS for approval of cabling systems before installation.
C. Standard TO Outlet Configuration (New Construction or Renovation):
1. Each installed TO shall consist of (3) Blue, Category 6, T568B wiring standard, 8
conductor jacks.
2. Cover plate for the bottom or right outlet location shall be (1), Ivory, 2-gang, double
opening wall plate with (4) blank modules in the openings.
3. Cover plate for the top or left outlet location shall be (1), Ivory, 2-gang, double opening
wall plate with (2) Flat, Ivory snap-in modules located in the top of the openings, (1) Flat,
Ivory snap-in modules located in the bottom left of the openings and (1) blank modules in
the bottom of the openings.
D. Wall Phone Outlet Device:
1. Telephone device shall consist of (1) Stainless Steel wall plate, Category 6, T568B wiring
standard, 8 conductor jack. Two cables will be run to this location but only one will be
terminated in the box.
2. Wall phone outlets shall utilize an Allen-Tel #AT630B-8, stainless steel phone plate.
E. Data Only Outlet Device:
1. Data device shall consist of:
a. (2) Category 6, T568B wiring standard, 8 conductor jacks, where Category 6 is
required.
2. Cover plate shall be (1) Ivory, single gang, single opening wall plate with (2) Blue snap-in
modules in top opening, and (1) Ivory, blank fittings in bottom opening. See 2.2
Attachment #2 for jack configuration.
3. When installing the faceplate horizontally, install the modules and jack as if it were
mounted vertically.
F. Fiber Only Outlet Device:
1. Multimode fiber device shall consist of (1) Ivory, SC multimode fiber optic adapter
module.
2. Single-mode fiber device shall consist of (1) Ivory, SC single-mode fiber optic adapter
module.
3. Cover plate shall be (1) Ivory, single gang, single opening wall plate with (1) Ivory,
sloped snap-in module in bottom opening, and (1) Ivory, blank fittings in top opening.
G. Fiber Terminations
COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS
Version 12DEC2007
271543 - 2
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
1. Each multimode fiber shall be terminated with SC fiber optic connector.
2. Each single-mode fiber shall be terminated with SC fiber optic connector.
H. Existing Outlet Locations:
1. Where new jacks are being installed in existing outlet locations, utilize Blue keystone
jacks for voice and Category 6 data installations.
2. Large renovations where Category 6 data is installed shall utilize new faceplates with new
jacks.
I. Outlet Locations in Divided Raceways
1. Where jacks are being installed in a divided 4000 Wiremold raceway for
telecommunications and power, utilize Wiremold #V4007C-1 one-gang device plates for
the mounting of the Ivory, single gang, single opening wall plate. Electrical devices shall
utilize a separate Wiremold #V4048B duplex receptacle device.
J. CATV Terminations
1. Type 6 (RG-6) Cable Installations
a. Terminate all RG-6 cable with LRC Part # F56-CHI.
b. Crimp connector using only .324 HEX type crimp tool.
2. Type 11 (RG-11) Cable Installations
a. Terminate all RG-11 non-plenum cable with LRC Part # F11-QS.
b. Terminate all RG-11 plenum cable with LRC Part # PL11QS.
3. CATV outlet within a Outlet shall utilize (1) F-type module.
PART 3 - EXECUTION TELECOMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION
3.1 General:
A. This Section describes the installation locations for the products and materials, as well as
methods and Owner’s Standards associated with the Telecommunications Installation portions
of the Project. These Specifications, along with the drawings and other Owner supplied
specifications shall be followed during the course of the installation.
B. The Contractor is instructed to coordinate his efforts with the other tradesmen who may be
working within the same vicinity to avoid conflict and lost time.
C. The Contractor is required to supply all necessary tools, equipment, accessories, safety
equipment, protective clothing, etc., as customary for the craft and necessary for the
installation.
D. The Contractor shall verify space requirements and locations with CNM ITS before starting
cable installations and terminations.
3.2 FACEPLATE INSTALLATION
COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS
Version 12DEC2007
271543 - 3
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A.
1.
The faceplate housing the UTP connector modules shall provide a
symmetrically centered appearance for the modules.
2.
The faceplate housing the UTP connector modules shall have no visible
mounting screws.
3.
It shall be possible to inspect and/or re-terminate the UTP cable at the outlet
through front access at the faceplate.
4.
The faceplate housing the UTP connector modules shall have aperture plugs
to cover any unused openings in the faceplate.
5.
The faceplate housing the UTP connector modules shall have an angle entry
plate with recessed inserts for maximum protection of outgoing modular
cords.
6.
It shall be possible to install the UTP connector modules in wall-mounted
single- and dual-gang electrical boxes, utility poles and modular furniture
(cubicle) access points using manufacturer-supplied faceplates and/or
adapters.
7.
The faceplate housing the UTP connector modules shall be available in the
following finishes or colors: stainless steel, gray, almond, white, and black.
8.
The faceplate housing the UTP connector modules shall have the option of
being mounted on adapter boxes for surface mount installation.
9.
The faceplate housing the UTP connector modules shall have a labeling
capability using built-in labeling windows, to facilitate outlet identification
and ease network management.
10.
The faceplate housing the UTP connector modules shall accommodate up to a
maximum of six modules in a single-gang form and up to a maximum of
twelve modules in a dual-gang form.
11.
The faceplate housing the UTP connector modules shall provide flexibility in
configuring multimedia workstation outlets that respond to present of future
network needs such as audio, video, coaxial and optical fiber applications.
Approved Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Commscope
Leviton
Hubbell
Other approved equal submitted in advance as required in SOW
3.3 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND CABLE TERMINATIONS
COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS
Version 12DEC2007
271543 - 4
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO COMMUNITY COLLEGE
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL (CISM)
A. All equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, arranged for convenient
operation, testing and future maintenance.
B. All telecommunications cables, faceplates, and connectors shall be installed and terminated
by technicians experienced in the installation and termination of telecommunications items
listed herein.
C. The Contractor shall employ certified system installation technicians and have at least 5 years
experience in the installation of similar and equivalent systems.
D. The Contractor shall supply verification of experience, for this type of work, to the Architect
for approval before performing any work.
3.4 AS-BUILT INFORMATION
A. Contractor shall provide as-built information to Owner to accompany all test result
information.
B. As-built information shall be in electronic format in AutoCAD version 2000. Indicate
location of all Outlets, station and riser conduit routes, distribution cable trays, junction
boxes, and all additions and deletions pertaining to telecommunications. Include correct
Outlet labeling next to all telecom symbols.
C. If construction drawings are not utilized, Contractor shall provide all telecommunications
location information on an accurate scaled floor plan.
3.5 SYSTEM WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor shall perform all labeling requirements and provide testing documentation for
verification as described herein.
B. Contractor shall submit cable records to reflect all moves, adds, and changes.
C. Manufacturer shall provide a system performance warranty for the installed system.
END OF SECTION 271543
COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATES AND CONNECTORS
Version 12DEC2007
271543 - 5
COMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS MANUAL
STANDARD DRAWINGS
AND DETAILS
CENTRAL NEW MEXICO
COMMUNITY COLLEGE
PREPARED BY:
CNM INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SERVICES (ITS)
UPDATED 12/10/2007
A
START
RM 221
BEGIN FROM
LEFT SIDE OF
DOOR
RESERVED FOR UPS
B
FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL
2U WIRE MGMT
PATCH PANEL #01
PATCH PANEL #02
PATCH PANEL #03
PATCH PANEL #04
TELCO PATCH PANEL
PATCH PANEL #05
CISCO SWITCH "A"
CISCO SWITCH "B"
CISCO RPS 2300
PATCH PANEL PORT
PATCH PANEL #
EQPT. RACK ID
TELECOM ROOM ID#
PANEL
01
1
25
3
28
4
29
223-B
5
221-B
BLANK
1.A.4.37
211-TR1
1.A.4.36
1.A.4.38
27
221 - B
221-A
2
223-A
26
TO ROOM #
TELECOM ROOM ID#
7
221-C
8
223-C
32
33
9
34
10
SERVICING CLOSET
PORT LABEL
OUTLET ID
6
31
OUTLET ID
OUTLET ROOM #
30
221-D
11
223-D
35
36
12
37
13
222-A
14
224-A
38
16
222-B
17
224-B
41
22
A
21
B
222-C
20
224-C
46
C
19
44
45
D
18
43
E
42
F
BEGIN NUMBERING FROM FURTHEST POINT
15
40
RM 211 (TR1)
39
222-D
23
224-D
47
24
48
Central New Mexico
Community College
PATCH PANEL PORT
PATCH PANEL #
EQPT. RACK ID
TELECOM ROOM ID#
PATCH PANEL PORT
PATCH PANEL #
EQPT. RACK ID
TELECOM ROOM ID#
2.A.3.11
2.A.3.09
112-TR2
2.A.3.08
2.A.3.10
101 - B
112-TR2
2.A.3.12
2.A.3.13
101 - E
TO ROOM #
TELECOM ROOM ID#
SERVICING CLOSET
PORT LABEL
OUTLET ID
OUTLET ID
OUTLET ROOM #
TO ROOM #
TELECOM ROOM ID#
SERVICING CLOSET
PORT LABEL
OUTLET ID
OUTLET ID
OUTLET ROOM #
A
A
RM 101
RM 101
G
START
START
B
H
E
BEGIN FROM
LEFT SIDE OF
DOOR
D
B
E
BEGIN FROM
LEFT SIDE OF
LEFT DOOR
F
D
RM 101
RM 101A
RM 101B
C
RM 101C
C
PATCH PANEL PORT
PATCH PANEL #
EQPT. RACK ID
TELECOM ROOM ID#
A
B
A
B
A
B
2.A.3.08
2.A.3.11
2.A.3.09
112-TR2
2.A.3.10
101B - B
TO ROOM #
TELECOM ROOM ID#
SERVICING CLOSET
PORT LABEL
OUTLET ID
OUTLET ID
OUTLET ROOM #
Central New Mexico
Community College
ACTIVE/PASSIVE EQPT
RESERVED FOR UPS
FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL
2U WIRE MGMT
48 PORT CAT 6
PATCH PANEL
4x6 VERTICAL CHANNEL
TELCO PATCH PANEL
CISCO SWITCH
CISCO RPS 2300
ACTIVE EQPT
RESERVED FOR UPS
PASSIVE EQPT
TELCO PATCH PANEL
Central New Mexico
Community College
HUNG CEILING
CONDUIT
1.25 inch (U.N.O.)
TOP OF FLOOR
FLUSH-MOUNT
POKE-THROUGH DEVICE
BUSHING (NYLON)
TO SUPPORT CABLE BUNDLES WITH CABLE DROP
WIRE HANGAR, UTILIZE HANGER CLIPS AND DROP
WIRE ANCHORED TO DECK ABOVE.
TO SUPPORT CABLE TRAY, UTILIZE
THREADED ROD ANCHORED TO DECK
ABOVE AND/OR WALL-MOUNT
BRACKETS. UTILIZE CHANNEL STRUT TO
SUPPORT TRAY WHEN OFFSET RODS
ARE PLACED TO AVOID DUCTS AND
OTHER UTIUTY PIPING.
CABLE BUNDLES WITH CABLE
HANGAR
RECESSED
HALLWAY LIGHTING
(TYPICAL)
6" TYP
CABLE TRAY
DETAIL NOTES:
1
4",
U.N.O.
ALL CONDUIT FOR HORIZONTAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS WIRING SHALL BE MINIMUM 1" IN
OFFICE OR GENERAL WORKSTATION LOCATIONS. CONDUIT WILL BE 1.25" IN ALL CLASSROOMS
TO ALLOW FOR ADDITIONAL CABLING TO BE INSTALLED.
TELECOMMUNICATION OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE 4-1/2"x4-1/2"x2-
3.
TELCOMMUNCATION WALL OUTLETS SHALL BE ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT ELECTRICAL
RECEPTACLE, AND LOCATED NO MORE THAN 12" FROM RECEPTACLE. INSTALL PLUMB AND
LEVEL TO EACH OTHER.
STUB END OF CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE JUNCTION BOX.
4.
FOR FLOOR LOCATIONS, COORDINATE RACEWAY FOR TELECOMMUNICATION OUTLET(S) WITH
ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE LOCATIONS AND HOUSINGS.
2.
5.
DETAIL IS DIAGRAMMATIC OF GENERAL PROJECT CONDITIONS AND IS NOT NECESSARILY
INCLUSIVE OF ALL POSSIBLE DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS. CONSULT PROJECT
SPECIFICATIONS AND BUILDING PLANS, WHICH INCLUDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON
PATHWAY REQUIREMENTS OR VARIANCES THAN ILLUSTRATED HEREIN.
1.
6.
ALL CONDUITS WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A PULL STRING.
WALL
CONTRACTOR IS NOT TO PLACE CABLES IN
"SIDEWAYS" ACROSS PATCH PANEL, WITH
CABLE BUNDLE BETWEEN 110 IDC'S.
CONTRACTOR IS TO RUN CABLES INWARD
FROM REAR SIDE OF HORIZONTAL WIRE
MANAGEMENT TO PATCH PANEL 110 IDC'S.
MAINTAIN CABLE JACKET TIGHT TO CENTER
OF INDIVIDUAL IDC.
CONTRACTOR SHALL BUNDLE ALL CABLES
WITHIN TELECOM CLOSETS AND ROOMS
USING HOOK-AND-LOOP ("VELCRO") TYPE
CABLE TIES ONLY. USE OF NYLON TIES
WITHIN TELECOM SPACES SHALL NOT BE
PERMITTED.
130
2"x6"
174
2"x8"
260
2"x12"
394
2"x18"
253
4"x6"
331
4"x8"
496
4"x12"
751
4"x18"
998
4"x24"
CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW 50% FILL RATE TABLE BELOW WHEN SIZING CABLE TRAY
AND INSTALLING TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLE(S) WITHIN TRAY.
CABLE TRAY SIZE
(HxW):
4PR PLENUM CAT 6
FILL QTY.
12
16
1-1/2"
27
2"
39
2-1/2"
60
3"
80
3-1/2"
103
4"
TABLES BASED UPON:
PLENUIM RATED CATEGORY 6 CABLE DIA. (GENERIC MANUFACTURER CMP)
1-1/4"
CONTRACTOR TO REVISE CABLE TRAY AND CONDUIT FILL QUANTITIES TO ACCOUNT
FOR INCLUSION OTHER CABLE TYPES (BACKBONE VOICE, FIBER OPTIC. COAXIAL,
ETC.) AS MAY BE INSTALLED AS PART OF THE PROJECT IN A PARTICULAR PORTION
OF THE RACEWAY. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN MAXIMUM FILL PERCENTAGE RATES
CITED FOR PATHWAY TYPES NOTED ABOVE.
6
2.
1.
CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT REVISED CABLE FILL TABLES BASED UPON ACTUAL CABLE
DIA. FOR ENGINEER APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR-SUBMITTED TABLES TO INCLUDE
ADDITIONAL CABLE TRAY OR CONDUIT SIZES NOT LISTED ABOVE CONTRACTOR
ANTICIPATES UTILIZING ON PROJECT.
1"
(*)
CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW 40% FILL RATE TABLE BELOW WHEN SIZING CONDUIT AND
INSTALLING
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLE(S) WITHIN CONDUIT. ASSUMES NO MORE THAN TWO
LARGE RADIUS
90-DEGREE CONDUIT BENDS PER RUN.
CONDUIT SIZE:
4PR CAT 6 FILL QTY.
3.
(*) CONTRACTOR TO OBSERVE MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE REQUIREMENTS AS NOTED IN
COMMUNICATION OUTLETS CONDUIT DETAIL.
DETAIL NOTES:
4.
FILL RATE OF 50% SHALL BE USED FOR CABLE TRAY SO AS TO PERMIT FUTURE
CABLE GROWTH WITHIN PHYSICAL BOUNDARY OF TRAY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL
ROUTE CABLES FROM
ONE SIDE ONLY WHERE A
SINGLE VERTICAL WIRE
MANAGEMENT PANEL AT
RACK.
UTILIZE CABLE RADIUS OR STRINGER
DROP TO SUPPORT CABLE WEIGHT
AND MAINTAIN BEND RADIUS IN
TRANSITION FROM LADDER RACK TO
VERTICAL WIRE MANAGEMENT. USE AT
EACH LOCATION CABLES DESCEND
FROM LADDER RACK.
-TYPICAL
4-PAIR PLENUM CATEGORY 6 UTP TO
WORKSTATION OUTLETS
-TYPICAL
5.
CONTRACTOR TO SPLIT FEED OF HORIZ. DATA CABLES
ACROSS AND ABOVE/BELOW INDIVIDUAL PATCH PANELS.
AS DEPICTED. WHEN WIRING TO RACK(S).
-TYPICAL
7.
INSULATED BUSHING
(TYPICAL)
4" INTERMEDIATE METAL
CONDUIT (TYPICAL)
FINISH FLOOR
INSULATED BUSHING
(TYPICAL)
SEAL ALL CONDUITS (INCLUDING
SPARES) AFTER COMMUNICATION
CABLES HAVE BEEN PULLED.
DETAIL NOTE:
A CONTRACTOR REQUEST TO VARY FROM METHODOLOGIES
ILLUSTRATED ABOVE MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING FOR
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. REQUEST MUST BE
ACCOMPANIED BY LEGIBLE, DETAILED ILLUSTRATRATION AND
PHOTO(S) OF PAST PROJECTS DEPICTING METHODOLOGY
REQUESTED. NO DEVIATIONS ACCEPTED WITHOUT ENGINEER'S
WRITTEN APPROVAL.
Central New Mexico
Community College
1900 STEEL OUTLET
BOX, WITH COVER
DUAL GANG
STEEL OUTLET BOX,
(TYPICAL)
HALLWAY/CORRIDOR
PROPERLY SEAL PENETRATIONS
USING APPROVED METHODS
TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE/SMOKE
RATING OF THE FLOOR.
BOTH ENDS
STEEL COMPRESSION COUPLING
WRENCH TIGHT
TYPICAL CONDUIT TRANSITIONS
INTO TR.
TYPICAL COMMUNICATIONS
FIBER OPTIC OR COPPER CABLING.
LADDER RACK & SUPPORTS
6" MIN
EMT CONNECTOR
INSULATED BUSHING
(TYPICAL)
TOP OF FLOOR
COMMUNICATION OUTLET
FACEPLATE
(TYPICAL)
UNISTRUT ATTACHED TO WALL
PLASTIC BUSHING
PROVIDED ON EACH END.
TYPICAL STRUT CONDUIT
STRAP.
TYPICAL HORIZONTAL
COMMUNICATIONS CABLING
FROM WORKSTATIONS.
24" MIN
WALL
STEEL
STUDS
3/4" A/C PLYWOOD
PAINTED TO MATCH
ROOM COLOR AND
MUST BE PROPERLY
ATTACHED TO STEEL
STUDS AT MIMIMUM OF
FOUR POINTS ON EACH
STUD. INSTALL FULL
4'X8' SHEET OF
PLYWOOD.
COPPER UTP
TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM
CABLE (PLENUM RATED)
ATTACHEMNT TO
BLOCK OR BRICK
SHALL BE DONE USING
STANDARD 16" STUD
SPACING BUT NO
MORE THAN 24"
SPACING. ATTACH
PLYWOOD USING
PROPER ANCHORS
FOR EACH UNIQUE
APPLICATION.
ALL
THREAD
ROD
CABLE TRAY
WALL MOUNTED
CABINET TO BE
SECURED TO
PLYWOOD USING
PROPER METHODS.
CABINET MOUNTING
HEIGHT TO BE
CONFIRMED BY CNM
ITS STAFF.
WASHER
HEX NUT
UNISTRUT
J-HOOK
7
8
9
10
11
12
HOOK & LOOP
STRAP
5'-0"
6
5
4
3
2
1
TWO 120V/20A
CIRCUITS
ONE 208V 30A
CIRCUIT
VERTICAL
LADDER
0'-6"
2'-0"
FLOOR
SLOT
Central New Mexico
Community College
D4
006
TR
CABINET
A4
007
GROUND BAR
GROUND BUS RISER
#6 AWG BONDING JUMPER
TO BRIDGE CABLE TRAY
JUNCTIONS
TELEPHONE TYPE CABLE TRAY
#6 AWG BONDING JUMPER
TO BRIDGE CABLE TRAY
JUNCTIONS
TELEPHONE TYPE CABLE TRAY
TYPICAL BUTT-SPLICE
TELEPHONE TYPE CABLE TRAY
TELEPHONE TYPE CABLE TRAY
TYPICAL JUNCTION SPLICE KIT
MOLDED POLYESTER
FIBERGLASS INSULATOR
VERTICAL WIRING
MANAGEMENT
GROUND BAR
PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
EQUIPMENT
GROUND BAR
#6 AWG BONDING JUMPER
BETWEEN GROUND BARS
SUPPORT
BRACKETS
Central New Mexico
Community College
Central New Mexico
Community College
VOICE:
DATA:
BLUE
BLUE
DESCRIPTION
FACEPLATE
INSERT: RJ45
INSERT: RJ45
INSERT: RJ45
INSERT: NONE
FACEPLATE
INSERT: RJ45
DESCRIPTION
FACEPLATE
INSERT: RJ45
INSERT: RJ45
INSERT: RJ45
DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
FACEPLATE
INSERT: RJ45
INSERT: RJ45
INSERT: RJ45
INSERT: RJ45
MFG./PART NO.
COLOR:
IVORY
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
BLANK
STAINLESS STEEL
---
COLOR:
COLOR:
SEE SPECIFICATIONS
"
"
"
"
MFG./PART NO.
IVORY
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
COLOR:
IVORY
NA
SC: WHITE
COLOR:
SEE SPECIFICATIONS
"
"
MFG./PART NO.
SEE SPECIFICATIONS IVORY
"
BLUE
"
BLUE
"
BLUE
MFG./PART NO.
SEE SPECIFICATIONS
---
MFG./PART NO.
SEE SPECIFICATIONS
"
"
"
"
QUANTITY
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(0)
(1)
(1)
(1)
QUANTITY
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
QUANTITY
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
QUANTITY
(1)
INCL.
QUANTITY
FACEPLATE
INSERT: F CONN
INSERT: SC
DESCRIPTION
ID NU.
(2) 4 PAIR CATEGORY 6 / CMP CABLES
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
VIDEO
VIDEO (FUTURE)
ISDN
DATA - CLASSROOM
SEE SPECIFICATIONS
"
"
"
"
MFG./PART NO.
COLOR:
COLOR:
COLOR:
IVORY
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
COLOR:
SEE SPECIFICATIONS IVORY
"
BLUE
"
BLUE
MFG./PART NO.
SEE SPECIFICATIONS IVORY
"
N/A
MFG./PART NO.
SEE SPECIFICATIONS IVORY
"
BLUE
"
MFG./PART NO.
DATA & AUDIO-VISUAL
(4) 4 PAIR CATEGORY 6 / CMP CABLES
BLACK
YELLOW
USAGE:
DATA & A/V
(4) 4 PAIR CATEGORY 6 / CMP CABLES
CABLE COLOR:
WIRELESS DATA
(1) RG6 COAXIAL / CMP CABLE
(1) 8um SINGLEMODE FIBER OPTIC / CMP CABLE
CABLE COMPLEMENT
BLUE
VOICE (PLUS SPARE)
ID NU.
BLUE
CATV
USAGE:
BLUE
DATA
CABLE COLOR:
(3) 4 PAIR CATEGORY 6 / CMP CABLES
BLUE
CABLE COMPLEMENT
(2) 4 PAIR CATEGORY 6 / CMP CABLES
BLUE
(2) 4 PAIR CATEGORY 6 / CMP CABLES
(LEAVE ONE UNTERMINATED AT TOP OF STUB)
(3) 4 PAIR CATEGORY 6 / CMP CABLES
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
QUANTITY
(1)
(1)
(1)
QUANTITY
(1)
(1)
QUANTITY
(1)
(1)
QUANTITY
(1) RG 6 COAXIAL / CMP CABLE
FACEPLATE
INSERT: RJ45
DESCRIPTION
FACEPLATE
INSERT: F CONN.
DESCRIPTION
FACEPLATE
INSERT: RJ45
INSERT: RJ45
DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
FACEPLATE
INSERT: RJ45
INSERT: RJ45
INSERT: RJ45
INSERT: RJ45
Central New Mexico
Community College
MAIN CAMPUS
FIBER DISTRIBUTION
FRAME
BLDG A
F-003-A-D
F-001-A-B
F-002-A-C
REMOTE BUILDING
FIBER TERMINATION
BLDG B
BLDG C
REMOTE BUILDING
FIBER TERMINATION
BLDG D
REMOTE BUILDING
FIBER TERMINATION
REMOTE BUILDING
COPPER TERMINATION
BLDG C
BLDG B
REMOTE BUILDING
COPPER TERMINATION
C-001-A-B
C-002-A-C
MAIN CAMPUS
COPPER DISTRIBUTION
FRAME
BLDG A
C-003-A-D
BLDG D
REMOTE BUILDING
COPPER TERMINATION
F-004-B-E
C-004-B-E
REMOTE BUILDING
FIBER TERMINATION
BLDG E
F = FIBER BUNDLE
BUNDLE #
ORIGIN (BLDG/TR NAME)
DESTINATION (BLDG/TR NAME)
FIBER TYPE: SM, MM, HY (HYBRID)
LENGTH
F-001-A-B-SM-366 FT
LABEL WITHIN 6"
OF CABLE BREAKOUT
REMOTE BUILDING
COPPER TERMINATION
BLDG E
C = COPPER BUNDLE
BUNDLE #
ORIGIN (BLDG/TR NAME)
DESTINATION (BLDG/TR NAME)
COPPER PAIR COUNT
LENGTH
C-001-A-B-300/116'
LABEL WITHIN 6"
OF CABLE BREAKOUT
F-001-A-B
C-001-A-B
F-005-TR1-TR3
1ST FLR
TR1
ENTRANCE
ROOM
C-005-TR1-TR3
1ST FLR
TR1
ENTRANCE
ROOM
BUILDING B
3RD FLR
TR3
2ND FLR
TR2
F-006-TR1-TR2
BUILDING B
3RD FLR
TR3
2ND FLR
TR2
C-006-TR1-TR2
Central New Mexico
Community College
U-089-1-202A
CX-002-A-C
CX-001-A-B
LABEL WITHIN 6"
OF CABLE BREAKOUT
MAIN CAMPUS
CATV DISTRIBUTION
BLDG A
CX-003-A-D
BLDG D
REMOTE BUILDING
COAX TERMINATION
U = UTP CABLE
CABLE #
ORIGIN (TR NAME)
DESTINATION (OUTLET NAME)
REMOTE BUILDING
COAX TERMINATION
BLDG B
BLDG C
REMOTE BUILDING
COAX TERMINATION
CX-004-B-E
J-BOX #7
TEL CONDUIT #1
TR1-ER
TEL CONDUIT #2
TR1-ER
TEL CONDUIT #1
TR1-ER
TEL CONDUIT #2
TR1-ER
TEL CONDUIT #3
TR1-TR2
CX = COAX CABLE
CABLE #
ORIGIN (BLDG/TR NAME)
DESTINATION (BLDG/TR NAME)
TEL CONDUIT #3
TR1-TR2
REMOTE BUILDING
COAX TERMINATION
BLDG E
CX-001-A-B
LABEL WITHIN 6"
OF CABLE BREAKOUT
CX-001-A-B
CATV
OUTLET
202-B
BUILDING B
3RD FLR
TR3
2ND FLR
TR2
CX-006-TR1-TR2
CX-006-TR3-202B
CX-005-TR1-TR3
1ST FLR
TR1
ENTRANCE
ROOM
Central New Mexico
Community College
#
3'-2"
4"
6'-0"
#
4'-0"
4-3/4" Dia. RND
Knockouts 4 per Side
3'-1"
1. 2-"C" Channel 39" LG (not Shown)
CABLE TV
TELEPHONE
RECOMMENDED
ATTACHMENT
AREA. VERIFY
CLEARANCE
REQUIRMENTS
WITH LOCAL
UTILITY
COMPANIES
BEFORE
ATTACHING.
RING & COVER
Code
GR386D
GR3712
0"
Weight
415#
830#
Grade Ring
Height
6"
12"
LID
PULLING EYE
LIFTING INSERT
VAULT
7'-
MESSENGER WIRE
DRIP LOOP
EXTERIOR
HOOK LADDER
BONDING RIBBON
J-BOX
2 INCH SLEEVE
WATERPROOF
SEAL
INTERIOR
0"
47 HOLE RACK
4" TERM-A-DUCT
"S" BRACKET
LIFTING INSERT
"L" BRACKET
LADDER BRACKET
7'-
SUMP
DRIP LOOP
1. Concrete: 28 Day Compressive
Strength f'e = 5,000 psi
2. Steel Reinforcement: ASTM A-615,
Grade 60
3. Cover to Steel-1" Minimum
4. Vaults are Designed to Meet
ASTM C858 and ACI 318
with AASHTO HS-20 Loading
5. Earth Cover-0 to 2 Feet
6. Construction Joint Sealed with
1" Dia. Butyl Rubber or Equivalent
7. Wall Thickness Available in 6",8",
10" or 12"
ROOF
WEATHERHEAD
EXTERIOR
INTERIOR
Central New Mexico
Community College
NOTES:
2. 2-"C" Channel 63" LG (not Shown).
See Accessories/ Hardware Section
for Other Options.
1
52"
4'-0"
POWER
(SECONDARY)
3'-6"
(NOTHING TO BE INSTALLED
BELOW THIS POINT)
END VIEW
4-3/4" Dia. RND
Knockouts 4 per Side
1
52 "
Spring Assisted Galvanized Diamond
Plate Cover w/ Locking Latch
4'-0"
POWER (PRIMARY)
Galvanized Pulling Iron
2 Each End, 2 Ends
12"
PLAN VIEW
(4)- 5/8" Dia. Lifting Inserts
8" Sump
SECTION AA
1" Dia. Ground Rod Knockouts
2 Places on Floor (Optional)
6"
2'-1"
5"
1-100
301-400
201-300
501-600
401-500
F-016-A-K
MM - 598 FT
100 PAIR
LIGHTNING
PROTECTION
BLOCKS
F-002-A-C
MM - 366 FT
101-200
SPLICE CASE
4'x8'x3/4" FIRE RATED PLYWOOD
PBX ROOM TIE
INCOMING PAIRS
F-016-A-K
SM - 598 FT
F-002-A-C
SM - 366 FT
100 PAIR TO TELCO
PANEL IN RACK
RISER TO 2ND FLOOR
BUILDING BACKBONE
200 PAIR BLDG A TO B
TO BLDG B
3 INNERDUCT - 1 USED
18 STD 62.5
BLDG A TO B
N
TO MH 14
TO BLDG E
600 PAIR BLDG A TO D
3 INNERDUCT - 2 USED
18 STD 62.5 BLDG A TO B
12 STD SM BLDG A TO E
200 PAIR BLDG A TO B
VACANT
4" CONDUIT (TYPICAL)
VACANT
TO BLDG D
600 PAIR BLDG A TO D
VACANT
3 INNERDUCT - 1 USED
12 STD SM
BLDG A TO E
WORKSHEET DETAIL INFORMATION
1. PROVIDE LOCATOR COORDINATES (GPS)
2. PROVIDE MANHOLE/HANDHOLE NUMBER
3. MARK NORTH POINT
IDENTIFY AS EITHER:
- MAGNETIC NORTH
- TRUE NORTH
- SITE PLAN NORTH
4. PROVIDE DUCTBANK IDENTIFIERS
5. PROVIDE DUCTBANK DETAIL PER WALL:
- NUMBER/SIZE OF CONDUITS
- PERCENTAGE OF FILL PER CONDUIT
6. PROVIDE RACKING DETAIL
7. SPLICE CASE POSITION(S)
8. PROVIDE INTERIOR DIMENSIONS:
- HEIGHT
- WIDTH
- LENGTH
- DEPTH
Central New Mexico
Community College